<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<feed xml:lang="en-us" xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/blog/1-Our-Blog.aspx?feed=atom" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom">
  <title type="text">Our Blog</title>
  <id>uuid:1094c0cb-bd42-4d54-a3d3-8d20ae2607eb;id=10</id>
  <updated>2025-05-15T13:58:42-05:00</updated>
  <category term="screen printing exposure unit" />
  <category term="what to look for when buying an exposure unit" />
  <category term="beginning screen printing" />
  <category term="avoiding mistakes" />
  <category term="beginner screen printing" />
  <category term="screen printing supplies" />
  <category term="getting started" />
  <category term="screen printing conveyor dryer" />
  <category term="choosing the right conveyor dryer" />
  <category term="metallic inks" />
  <category term="screen printing" />
  <category term="proper mesh count" />
  <category term="manual printing" />
  <category term="getting started" />
  <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
  <category term="Exposing" />
  <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
  <category term="Coating Screens" />
  <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
  <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
  <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
  <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
  <category term="Equipment" />
  <category term="manual printing" />
  <category term="Mastering the Stencil Making Process" />
  <category term="Halftone Dots" />
  <category term="Artwork &amp; Our Industry" />
  <category term="Exposing" />
  <category term="Exposing" />
  <category term="Emulsion" />
  <category term="Getting Started" />
  <category term="Getting Started" />
  <category term="Getting Started" />
  <category term="Getting Started" />
  <category term="Getting Started" />
  <category term="Getting Started" />
  <category term="Getting Started" />
  <author>
    <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
    <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
    <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
  </author>
  <author>
    <name>User</name>
    <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
    <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
  </author>
  <contributor>
    <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
    <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
    <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
  </contributor>
  <contributor>
    <name>User</name>
    <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
    <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
  </contributor>
  <link rel="alternate" type="application/atom+xml" title="Our Blog" length="1000000" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/blog/1-Our-Blog.aspx?feed=atom" />
  <link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" title="Our Blog" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/blog/1-Our-Blog.aspx?feed=atom" />
  <link rel="related" type="text/html" title="Atlas Screen Supply Company" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/" />
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/What-to-Look-for-When-Buying-a-Screen-Printing-Exposure-Unit.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/What-to-Look-for-When-Buying-a-Screen-Printing-Exposure-Unit.htm</id>
    <title type="text">What to Look for When Buying a Screen Printing Exposure Unit</title>
    <summary type="html">Not sure which exposure unit is right for your screen printing setup? This guide breaks down everything you need to know—light sources, features, and what to avoid.</summary>
    <published>2025-05-15T13:58:42-05:00</published>
    <updated>2025-05-15T13:58:42-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/What-to-Look-for-When-Buying-a-Screen-Printing-Exposure-Unit.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="68822" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/shared/images/XPO-4048.jpg" />
    <category term="screen printing exposure unit" />
    <category term="what to look for when buying an exposure unit" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;When it comes to screen printing, the &lt;strong&gt;exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt; is one of the most critical tools in your setup. It directly affects the quality, detail, and efficiency of your prints. Whether you're a beginner or a seasoned pro, understanding &lt;strong&gt;what to look for when buying an exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt; can save time, reduce errors, and ensure your screens turn out sharp and accurate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this guide, we’ll break down the key considerations for choosing the right &lt;strong&gt;screen printing exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt; based on your space, budget, and printing goals.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What Is a Screen Printing Exposure Unit?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/exposure-units.htm"&gt;screen printing exposure unit&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; uses light to transfer an image onto an emulsion-coated screen. The light hardens the emulsion around the design, creating a stencil that allows ink to pass through during printing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The quality of your stencil—and ultimately your print—depends heavily on the exposure process. That’s why choosing the right exposure unit is essential for achieving clean lines, crisp detail, and professional-quality results.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tabletop vs. Floor Model&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When deciding between a &lt;strong&gt;tabletop exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt; or a &lt;strong&gt;floor model&lt;/strong&gt;, consider your available space and workflow needs:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tabletop models&lt;/strong&gt; are compact and often sit atop a cabinet or drying rack. They’re ideal for small shops or hobbyists with limited space.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Floor models&lt;/strong&gt; are generally larger and freestanding. These are better suited for higher-volume shops or those using oversized screens.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you're just starting out and already have a sturdy table, a tabletop model can save space and cost.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vacuum Exposure or Non-Vacuum&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One key feature to evaluate is whether the unit has a vacuum system:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Vacuum exposure units&lt;/strong&gt; create a tight seal between the film positive and the emulsion-coated screen. This ensures optimal contact, minimizing light undercutting and resulting in sharper, more detailed stencils.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Non-vacuum units&lt;/strong&gt; can still produce decent stencils, but they’re less ideal for fine detail or halftone images, where precision exposure is critical.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you’re printing designs with intricate linework or small halftones, a vacuum system is highly recommended for consistent results.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Key Features to Consider When Buying an Exposure Unit&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When evaluating &lt;strong&gt;what to look for when buying an exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt;, keep these core features in mind:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. Exposure Area&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Choose a unit with an &lt;strong&gt;exposure area&lt;/strong&gt; large enough to fit your biggest screen. If you plan to scale up your operation or burn multiple screens at once, consider a model with a larger bed or multi-screen capacity to improve production efficiency.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. Light Source Type&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The type of light source is one of the most important factors in a &lt;strong&gt;screen printing exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt;:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/ranar-exposure-units.htm"&gt;LED Exposure Unit&lt;/a&gt;s&lt;/strong&gt;: The modern standard. LEDs are energy-efficient, produce low heat, and deliver consistent exposure. They last &lt;strong&gt;30,000 to 50,000 hours&lt;/strong&gt;, making them the most durable and cost-effective option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Metal Halide Units&lt;/strong&gt;: Known for high output and image clarity but run hot, require warm-up time, and have a short lifespan (&lt;strong&gt;1,000–3,000 hours&lt;/strong&gt;). They're being phased out in many shops.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fluorescent Units&lt;/strong&gt;: Once popular due to affordability, they expose slower and don't offer the same image sharpness. Lifespan is typically &lt;strong&gt;5,000–8,000 hours&lt;/strong&gt;, and they’re less efficient than LED.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LED exposure units&lt;/strong&gt; are quickly becoming the top choice for screen printers due to their longevity, speed, and reliability.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3. Exposure Time Control&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Look for a unit with a &lt;strong&gt;precise and adjustable timer&lt;/strong&gt;. Exposure times vary depending on mesh count, emulsion type, and coating method. Being able to dial in and fine-tune exposure times ensures accurate stencils and avoids under- or overexposing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tip: Run exposure tests across different mesh counts to determine ideal times for your setup.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4. Build Quality and Durability&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Don’t cut corners on build quality. A well-constructed exposure unit from a reputable brand will provide years of reliable use. Cheap units may fail prematurely or provide inconsistent exposure, leading to wasted time and materials.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5. Ease of Use&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Especially for beginners, ease of use is a major factor. Choose a unit with:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Simple controls&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clear documentation&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Minimal setup requirements&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An intuitive system allows you to focus more on printing and less on troubleshooting.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Additional Considerations&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Budget&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Budget is always a consideration, but think long term. A higher upfront cost for a quality &lt;strong&gt;screen printing exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt; can reduce future expenses on re-burns, screen failures, and wasted materials.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Plan for Growth&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Buy with the future in mind. If you expect your production to increase, it’s smart to choose a unit that accommodates larger screens or has the flexibility to grow with your needs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Maintenance Tips&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To keep your exposure unit performing at its best:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Clean the glass regularly&lt;/strong&gt; to avoid dust or debris interfering with image clarity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Check LED output occasionally&lt;/strong&gt;, especially after long use or screen coating changes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Inspect vacuum blankets, pumps, and hinges&lt;/strong&gt; to ensure reliable operation. These are typically low-maintenance items but should be monitored.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Choosing the right &lt;strong&gt;exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt; is one of the most important decisions you’ll make for your screen printing setup. By understanding &lt;strong&gt;what to look for when buying an exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt;—including size, light source, exposure control, and durability—you’ll ensure consistent, high-quality results.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whether you're just starting your screen printing journey or upgrading an older unit, investing in a reliable &lt;strong&gt;screen printing exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt; will save time, reduce frustration, and improve the quality of your prints.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Top-5-Mistakes-Beginning-Screen-Printers-Make-And-How-to-Avoid-Them">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Top-5-Mistakes-Beginning-Screen-Printers-Make-And-How-to-Avoid-Them</id>
    <title type="text">Top 5 Mistakes Beginning Screen Printers Make (And How to Avoid Them)</title>
    <summary type="html">Starting your screen printing journey? Learn key tips to avoid beginner mistakes and level up your print quality.</summary>
    <published>2025-05-06T09:19:00-05:00</published>
    <updated>2025-05-06T11:43:08-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Top-5-Mistakes-Beginning-Screen-Printers-Make-And-How-to-Avoid-Them" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="54632" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/shared/images/how-to-avoid-mistakes-screen-printing.jpg" />
    <category term="beginning screen printing" />
    <category term="avoiding mistakes" />
    <category term="beginner screen printing" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Screen printing is more than just a process—it’s an art form. It requires precision, patience, and plenty of practice. But if you’re new to screen printing, it can feel overwhelming. There’s a lot to learn, and beginning screen printing mistakes are common.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this guide, we’ll cover the &lt;strong&gt;top five mistakes beginning screen printers make&lt;/strong&gt; and provide practical &lt;strong&gt;screen printing tips&lt;/strong&gt; to help you avoid them. Whether you’re a hobbyist, a DIY creator, or a small business owner starting your journey into screen printing, this article will set you up for success.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Let’s dive in and help you avoid these pitfalls!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;1. Choosing the Wrong Screen Mesh Count&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One of the most common &lt;strong&gt;beginning screen printing mistakes&lt;/strong&gt; is selecting the wrong &lt;strong&gt;screen mesh count&lt;/strong&gt;. Mesh count determines how much ink passes through the screen onto your material, and different projects require different counts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you use a mesh that’s too low, you won’t capture fine details. Use one that’s too high, and your design may look thin or washed out because not enough ink gets through. Specialty inks also require specific mesh counts to achieve their intended effect.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here’s a quick guide:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;24/30 Mesh&lt;/strong&gt; – Glitter inks&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;60 Mesh&lt;/strong&gt; – Athletic prints, some shimmer inks&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;85 Mesh&lt;/strong&gt; – Heavy underbase, puff ink, foil adhesive&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;110–125 Mesh&lt;/strong&gt; – Spot colors, white underbase, metallic ink&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;140–160 Mesh&lt;/strong&gt; – Softer underbase, medium detail prints&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;180–230 Mesh&lt;/strong&gt; – Fine detail prints, halftones&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;255–305 Mesh&lt;/strong&gt; – High-detail, four-color process&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;	
##SHAREDCONTENT[Emoji-Hand-Pointer]## &lt;strong&gt;Screen printing tip:&lt;/strong&gt; Always match your mesh count to your ink type and design detail. Testing before a big run can save time, money, and frustration.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;2. Inadequate Screen Exposure&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/exposure-units.htm"&gt;Screen exposure&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; is crucial for creating a clean stencil. If you underexpose, the stencil can break down and allow ink where it shouldn’t go. Overexposing makes it difficult to wash out your design, potentially losing fine details.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Many beginners underestimate how factors like &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/screen-printing-emulsion.htm"&gt;emulsion&lt;/a&gt; thickness, mesh count, light source, and exposure time&lt;/strong&gt; affect results.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To dial in exposure:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Use a &lt;strong&gt;step wedge test&lt;/strong&gt; or an &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/exposure-calculator.htm"&gt;exposure calculator&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; to find the right exposure time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Check the stencil after washout—details should be crisp and clear.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Ensure ink flows easily through the stencil. If it doesn’t, parts of the emulsion may be overexposed and blocking the mesh.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;	
##SHAREDCONTENT[Emoji-Hand-Pointer]## &lt;strong&gt;Screen printing tip:&lt;/strong&gt; Regularly test exposure times, especially when changing bulbs, emulsions, or mesh counts. Even experienced printers adjust exposures as conditions change.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;3. Poor Ink Application Techniques&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Applying ink properly is vital for print quality. A common &lt;strong&gt;beginning screen printing mistake&lt;/strong&gt; is using the wrong squeegee angle or pressure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The ideal squeegee angle is &lt;strong&gt;about 45 degrees&lt;/strong&gt;. Press too hard, and you’ll push ink into the fabric, causing fibers to poke through (&lt;strong&gt;fibrillation&lt;/strong&gt;) and blurring the design. Think of it as &lt;strong&gt;shearing&lt;/strong&gt; ink onto the garment, not forcing it in. You’ll often hear a satisfying “swish” when it’s done right.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Consistent ink flow is also key. If you don’t keep enough ink in the screen, you’ll get uneven prints. For shorter printers, a platform or press adjustment may help achieve even pressure, especially toward the back of the screen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Emoji-Hand-Pointer]## &lt;strong&gt;Screen printing tips:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep pressure steady—don’t press too hard or too lightly.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use smooth, controlled strokes.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Re-flood the screen with ink between prints.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Adjust your press so you can reach the entire screen with equal force.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Practice is essential. Test prints will reveal where technique needs improvement. With time, consistent application will lead to cleaner, sharper prints.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;4. Incorrect Off-Contact Distance&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Off-contact distance&lt;/strong&gt; refers to the small gap between the screen and the substrate (the garment or material you’re printing on). Getting this distance right is critical but often overlooked by beginners.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If the gap is too large, you’ll need extra pressure, which can distort prints or lead to fibrillation. If there’s no gap, the screen can stick to the substrate, causing smudging and blurred edges.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The general rule: &lt;strong&gt;start with 1/16" to 1/8" off-contact distance&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;	
##SHAREDCONTENT[Emoji-Hand-Pointer]## &lt;strong&gt;Screen printing tips:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Adjust for thicker garments like hoodies by inserting a spacer (like a paint stick) under the screen instead of changing the whole setup.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Check screen tension—low tension may require more off-contact.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use &lt;strong&gt;screen tilt adjustments&lt;/strong&gt; to maintain even off-contact from front to back.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once you’ve dialed it in for your main substrate (like t-shirts), you shouldn’t need frequent adjustments. A well-set off-contact distance ensures smooth prints and prevents many printing headaches.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;5. Neglecting Proper Print Registration&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For multi-color designs, &lt;strong&gt;print registration&lt;/strong&gt; (aligning each screen perfectly) is crucial. Misalignment is one of the biggest &lt;strong&gt;beginning screen printing mistakes&lt;/strong&gt;, leading to overlapping colors, blurry prints, and wasted materials.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To ensure proper registration:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Add &lt;strong&gt;registration marks&lt;/strong&gt; in your artwork for alignment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Use a registration guide &lt;strong&gt;on your exposure unit&lt;/strong&gt; to align screens before they even reach the press. This saves significant time and prevents re-burning screens.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Perform &lt;strong&gt;test prints&lt;/strong&gt; before a full run. &lt;strong&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/atlas-registration-tape.htm"&gt;Clear registration tape&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; can also help you visually align prints without wasting materials.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;	
##SHAREDCONTENT[Emoji-Hand-Pointer]## &lt;strong&gt;Screen printing tip:&lt;/strong&gt; Start with simple designs to build confidence. Rushing through registration often leads to more rework and waste than taking extra time upfront.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Conclusion: Embrace the Learning Curve&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Screen printing is a rewarding craft, but like any skill, it comes with a learning curve. Mistakes are inevitable when &lt;strong&gt;beginning screen printing&lt;/strong&gt;, but each error teaches you something valuable.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By avoiding these &lt;strong&gt;top five beginning screen printing mistakes&lt;/strong&gt;, you’re already ahead of the curve. Remember:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Take time to test and adjust.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Practice regularly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;##SHAREDCONTENT[Checkmark-Green-Box]## Don’t be afraid to experiment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Many of the techniques and &lt;strong&gt;screen printing tips&lt;/strong&gt; shared here are covered in our&lt;b&gt; &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/complete_screen_printing_course.htm"&gt;hands-on classes&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/b&gt;. If you’re ready to deepen your skills, consider joining one to gain firsthand experience and feedback.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Every expert printer started as a beginner—what matters most is staying curious, committed, and open to learning.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/What-Screen-Printing-Supplies-do-I-need-to-get-started">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/What-Screen-Printing-Supplies-do-I-need-to-get-started</id>
    <title type="text">What Screen Printing Supplies do I need to get started?</title>
    <summary type="html">Are you eager to dive into the world of screen printing? This popular method offers endless possibilities for creativity and customization.

Whether you are a DIY enthusiast or a budding entrepreneur, having the right supplies is essential. Knowing what screen printing supplies you need will set you up for success.

In this guide, we’ll explore the must-have tools and materials to get you started on your screen printing journey. Let's unlock the creativity together!

Feel free to let me know if you need any further assistance or adjustments!</summary>
    <published>2025-05-01T09:57:55-05:00</published>
    <updated>2025-05-05T13:37:56-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/What-Screen-Printing-Supplies-do-I-need-to-get-started" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="87869" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/shared/images/converted--23-.jpeg" />
    <category term="screen printing supplies" />
    <category term="getting started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Screen printing is a versatile and popular method of printing on various materials. It's a technique that's been used for centuries, and it's still going strong today.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whether you're a DIY enthusiast, an artist, or an entrepreneur looking to start a small business, screen printing can be a rewarding venture. But to get started, you'll need the right supplies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This guide will walk you through the essential screen printing supplies you need to kickstart your screen printing journey. From screens and inks to squeegees and emulsions, we've got you covered.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;figure&gt;&lt;img src="https://static.semrush.com/contentshake/articles/ai-images/5005f501-0a9e-4b0a-a0f1-a01dc6cb81a4/35ffe07d-4591-45f3-aac3-88de2c388938" data-image="d9qmfjt25x2g" alt="Starting a screen printing business"&gt;&lt;figcaption&gt;&lt;/figcaption&gt;&lt;/figure&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Understanding Screen Printing Basics&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Screen printing involves transferring ink onto a material using a mesh screen. This technique is perfect for printing on fabric, paper, and more.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The process begins with designing your artwork and creating a stencil. The screen is then coated with &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/screen-printing-emulsion.htm" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;emulsion&lt;/a&gt; to prepare it for exposure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once the screen is exposed and developed, ink is pushed through the &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/mesh.htm" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;mesh&lt;/a&gt; onto your substrate. The result is a crisp, detailed print.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Understanding the basics of screen printing helps ensure successful projects. Let's dive into the essential supplies needed to bring your creations to life.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Essential Screen Printing Supplies&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To begin with screen printing, you need some basic supplies. These items will help you get started with screen printing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here's a list of essential screen printing supplies:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Screen/Frames&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Inks&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Squeegees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/screen_chemicals.htm" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;Screen Chemicals&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Emulsion&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Acquiring these materials will set you up for a successful start.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Quality supplies are important for achieving detailed prints. This ensures vibrant colors and sharp designs.&amp;nbsp;Choosing the right supplier, ensures access to reliable materials. High-quality supplies result in long-lasting, professional results.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/aluminum-frames.htm" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;Screens&lt;/a&gt; are key in screen printing, as they hold your stencil. Choosing the correct mesh count is crucial.&amp;nbsp;Different mesh counts work for different designs. Lower mesh counts are ideal for thicker inks and bold designs as well as specialty inks such as shimmers and glitters.&amp;nbsp;Higher mesh counts suit fine details and thin inks. Selecting the right mesh count ensures print clarity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Frames: Wooden vs. Aluminum&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;img src="/Shared/images/product/Aluminum-Frame-20-x-24-w-85-White-Mesh/White_Mesh-Frame2024.jpg" data-image="tu997f0jsths"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Frames hold the mesh screen taut. They come in wood or aluminum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wooden frames are affordable and easy to replace. However, they can warp over time with exposure to moisture.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Aluminum frames resist warping but cost slightly more initially. They provide longevity and stability, and are the preferred choice by most printers today.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Squeegees and Durometer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/squeegee_screen_printing.htm" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;Squeegees&lt;/a&gt; push ink through the screen. The durometer, or hardness, affects ink flow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Soft squeegees work well with thick inks, allowing for better coverage. Hard squeegees offer&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; more control with fine details.&amp;nbsp;Selecting the right durometer helps balance ink application and design precision.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Inks: Water-Based vs. Plastisol&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ink selection impacts print quality and material compatibility. &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/water-based-ink.htm" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;Water-based inks&lt;/a&gt; are eco-friendly and offer a soft finish.&amp;nbsp;Plastisol inks, in contrast, provide vibrant, opaque colors on dark fabrics. They don’t dry on screens, which is beneficial for beginners.&amp;nbsp;Choose inks based on your project needs and material types.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Emulsions and Screen Coating&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;!--EndFragment--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Emulsion is crucial for making the stencil on your screen. It blocks areas on the mesh where you don't want ink.&amp;nbsp;Properly coating your screen with emulsion ensures even exposure. This results in clear lines and defined details.&amp;nbsp;Good emulsion application is a vital step in screen printing success.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Preparing Your Screen Printing Workspace&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;!--EndFragment--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Creating an efficient workspace is crucial for smooth printing operations. Organize your area to accommodate essential screen printing supplies comfortably.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Consider these setup tips:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Ensure good lighting for detailed work.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Allocate space for drying screens.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep tools within easy reach.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A well-organized workspace boosts efficiency and safety. It reduces errors and minimizes downtime.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A dedicated printing area also helps maintain a clean environment. This results in higher quality prints and more consistent results.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Exposure Units and Proper Exposure&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;img src="/Shared/images/product/Ranar-XPO-4048-LED-Screen-Exposure-Unit/xpo-4048.jpg" data-image="7cjllvfb0khy"&gt;
&lt;!--EndFragment--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/exposure-units.htm" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;Exposure units&lt;/a&gt; determine the success of your stencil. They harden the emulsion to create your design.&amp;nbsp;Choosing the right exposure unit ensures even exposure. This affects the sharpness of printed designs.&amp;nbsp;Test exposure times for your specific emulsion and light source. Accurate exposure settings prevent under or over-exposure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;The Importance of a Washout Booth&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;!--EndFragment--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/washout-booths.htm" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"&gt;washout booth&lt;/a&gt; is essential for screen preparation. It helps remove unhardened emulsion post-exposure.&amp;nbsp;Having a dedicated washout area prevents contamination. It ensures crisp, clear stencils for each project.&amp;nbsp;Efficient booths also save on water and reduce splash mess. They improve your overall production workflow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Curing Methods: Flash vs. Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Curing is crucial for ink durability. Flash dryers offer quick and targeted curing, suitable for small spaces. Flash Dryers are often used by beginners as their primary curing method. As your shop grows so will your need for additional curing output.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/conveyor-dryers.htm"&gt;Conveyor dryers&lt;/a&gt; handle larger volumes. They provide consistent and even curing across designs.&amp;nbsp;Choose a curing method based on your production scale. Proper curing extends ink longevity and washability.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Where to Buy Your Supplies&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;!--EndFragment--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finding the right screen printing supplier is crucial for your success in the field. When selecting a supplier, consider several factors beyond just price. A reputable supplier should offer a wide range of products to meet your diverse printing needs. This includes quality inks, screens, and other essential materials.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Service and support are equally important. Look for suppliers that provide excellent customer service and product support, helping you with any questions or challenges you may encounter. Reliability is another key aspect; a good supplier should have a proven track record of delivering products on time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Additionally, consider the availability of items and the speed of shipping. Fast shipping ensures that you can get your hands on the supplies you need without unnecessary delays. Ultimately, the best suppliers will focus on quality products rather than just inexpensive options, ensuring that your prints achieve the vibrant colors and durability you desire.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By prioritizing these factors, you can enhance your screen printing experience and set yourself up for success in your creative endeavors.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Setting Up for Success: Tips and Tricks&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;!--EndFragment--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Starting with screen printing can be a fun challenge. To ensure success, consider a few vital tips. These will help streamline your process.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;First, plan your space for easy movement and workflow. This makes operations smoother and more efficient. Organizing your workspace reduces clutter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Here are some helpful tips to consider:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep essentials close at hand&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Regularly clean your tools and equipment&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Label inks and chemicals clearly&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Schedule routine maintenance&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These practices can prevent common issues and save time. Consistency is key to improving your screen printing skills. With these tricks, your projects can run smoothly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Conclusion: Starting Your Screen Printing Journey&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Starting your screen printing journey can be both exciting and rewarding. With the right tools and supplies, you can create amazing prints.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Remember to be patient and practice often. Learning takes time and small mistakes happen, but they also offer valuable lessons. Dive into the world of screen printing with enthusiasm and creativity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With dedication and quality supplies, your screen printing skills will grow. This journey offers a blend of creativity and craftsmanship. Enjoy the process and the satisfaction that comes with each successful print. Good luck as you start this engaging new hobby or venture!&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/choosing-the-right-conveyor-dryer-for-screen-printing.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/choosing-the-right-conveyor-dryer-for-screen-printing.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Choosing the right conveyor dryer for screen printing</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/conveyor-dryers.htm"&gt;Conveyor dryers&lt;/a&gt; play a critical role in &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/"&gt;screen printing&lt;/a&gt;, ensuring that prints are cured properly and efficiently. Choosing the right conveyor dryer can be tough because there are many options to pick from. This article aims to guide you through the process of selecting the best conveyor dryer for your screen printing operations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Understanding Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before starting the selection process, it's important to know what a conveyor dryer is and how it works.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;What is a Conveyor Dryer?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A conveyor dryer is a piece of &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/screen-printing-equipment.htm"&gt;screen print equipment&lt;/a&gt; designed to cure or dry printed garments efficiently. It features a conveyor belt that moves the printed items through a heated chamber, allowing the inks to dry or cure evenly. The key benefit of a conveyor dryer is its ability to handle high volumes of prints, making it an essential component in commercial screen printing operations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;How Does it Work?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The operation of a conveyor dryer is relatively straightforward. Once a garment is screen printed, it is placed on the conveyor belt. The belt then transports the garment through a chamber where it is exposed to controlled heat. The heat causes the ink to cure, bonding it to the fabric. This process is crucial for ensuring the durability and quality of the print.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Considerations for Choosing a Conveyor Dryer&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Selecting the right conveyor dryer involves evaluating several factors to ensure it meets your specific screen printing needs. Here are some essential considerations:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;1. Production Volume&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One of the first things to consider is the volume of production. If you run a high-volume screen printing business, you need a conveyor dryer that can handle large quantities efficiently. Look for models with wider belts and larger chambers to accommodate more garments at once.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;2. Belt Width and Length&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The size of the conveyor belt is another important factor. A wider belt allows for more garments to be processed simultaneously, increasing your production capacity. The length of the belt determines the time the garment spends in the heat, affecting the curing quality.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;3. Heat Source and Temperature Control&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conveyor dryers use different heat sources, such as electric, gas, or infrared. Each has its advantages and drawbacks. &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/conveyor-dryers.htm"&gt;Electric dryers&lt;/a&gt; are easy to operate and maintain, while gas dryers offer faster heating times and are more energy-efficient. Infrared dryers provide uniform heat distribution, ideal for delicate fabrics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Temperature control is crucial in preventing damage to garments and ensuring proper curing. Look for models with precise temperature controls and consistent heat distribution.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;4. Energy Efficiency&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Energy efficiency is an important consideration, as it impacts operational costs. Gas-powered dryers are generally more energy-efficient than electric ones, but they might have higher upfront costs. Consider your long-term energy usage and budget when deciding on the heat source.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;5. Size and Space&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conveyor dryers come in various sizes, and it’s essential to choose one that fits your available space. Measure your production area and consider the dryer’s footprint to ensure it can be accommodated comfortably without disrupting your workflow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;6. Budget&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As with any business investment, budget is a critical factor. Conveyor dryers range in price depending on their features and capabilities. Determine your budget beforehand and explore options that provide the best value for your investment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Types of Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Understanding the different types of conveyor dryers can also aid in making an informed decision. Here are some common types:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Electric Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Electric dryers are popular due to their ease of use and maintenance. They are suitable for small to medium-sized operations and offer consistent heat distribution. However, they may have higher operational costs compared to gas dryers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Gas Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gas dryers are ideal for high-volume production facilities. They heat up quickly and are more energy-efficient, which can lead to cost savings in the long run. However, they require a gas hookup and may have higher initial costs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Infrared Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Infrared dryers use infrared lamps to produce heat, ensuring even distribution. They are perfect for curing delicate fabrics and achieving high-quality prints. They are energy-efficient and operate quietly, making them suitable for various production environments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Maintenance and Safety Tips&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Regular maintenance is crucial to ensure the longevity and performance of your conveyor dryer. Here are some maintenance and safety tips:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Regular Cleaning: Keep the conveyor belt and heating elements free from debris and dust to prevent any operational issues.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Check Temperature Settings: Regularly verify that temperature settings are accurate to avoid under-curing or damaging garments.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Inspect Moving Parts: Ensure all moving parts, such as the belt and rollers, are in good condition and lubricated as needed.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Safety Protocols: Follow all safety guidelines provided by the manufacturer and provide training to staff to prevent accidents.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Conclusion&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Choosing the right conveyor dryer for screen printing requires careful consideration of your production needs, available space, and budget. By understanding the different types of dryers and evaluating key factors such as production volume, belt size, heat source, and energy efficiency, you can make an informed decision that enhances your screen printing operations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Investing in the right conveyor dryer will not only improve the quality of your prints but also increase your overall productivity. Take the time to research and select a dryer that aligns with your business goals and needs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--EndFragment--&gt;</summary>
    <published>2025-04-18T15:28:45-05:00</published>
    <updated>2025-05-05T13:40:16-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/choosing-the-right-conveyor-dryer-for-screen-printing.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="69280" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/Shared/images/product/Ranar-Turbo-JetStar-DT-422-24-Conveyor-Dryer/turbo_008_edited.jpg" />
    <category term="screen printing conveyor dryer" />
    <category term="choosing the right conveyor dryer" />
    <content type="html">&lt;!--StartFragment--&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/conveyor-dryers.htm"&gt;Conveyor dryers&lt;/a&gt; play a critical role in &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/"&gt;screen printing&lt;/a&gt;, ensuring that prints are cured properly and efficiently. Choosing the right conveyor dryer can be tough because there are many options to pick from. This article aims to guide you through the process of selecting the best conveyor dryer for your screen printing operations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Understanding Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before starting the selection process, it's important to know what a conveyor dryer is and how it works.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;What is a Conveyor Dryer?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A conveyor dryer is a piece of &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/screen-printing-equipment.htm"&gt;screen print equipment&lt;/a&gt; designed to cure or dry printed garments efficiently. It features a conveyor belt that moves the printed items through a heated chamber, allowing the inks to dry or cure evenly. The key benefit of a conveyor dryer is its ability to handle high volumes of prints, making it an essential component in commercial screen printing operations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;How Does it Work?&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The operation of a conveyor dryer is relatively straightforward. Once a garment is screen printed, it is placed on the conveyor belt. The belt then transports the garment through a chamber where it is exposed to controlled heat. The heat causes the ink to cure, bonding it to the fabric. This process is crucial for ensuring the durability and quality of the print.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Considerations for Choosing a Conveyor Dryer&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Selecting the right conveyor dryer involves evaluating several factors to ensure it meets your specific screen printing needs. Here are some essential considerations:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;1. Production Volume&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One of the first things to consider is the volume of production. If you run a high-volume screen printing business, you need a conveyor dryer that can handle large quantities efficiently. Look for models with wider belts and larger chambers to accommodate more garments at once.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;2. Belt Width and Length&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The size of the conveyor belt is another important factor. A wider belt allows for more garments to be processed simultaneously, increasing your production capacity. The length of the belt determines the time the garment spends in the heat, affecting the curing quality.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;3. Heat Source and Temperature Control&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conveyor dryers use different heat sources, such as electric, gas, or infrared. Each has its advantages and drawbacks. &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/conveyor-dryers.htm"&gt;Electric dryers&lt;/a&gt; are easy to operate and maintain, while gas dryers offer faster heating times and are more energy-efficient. Infrared dryers provide uniform heat distribution, ideal for delicate fabrics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Temperature control is crucial in preventing damage to garments and ensuring proper curing. Look for models with precise temperature controls and consistent heat distribution.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;4. Energy Efficiency&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Energy efficiency is an important consideration, as it impacts operational costs. Gas-powered dryers are generally more energy-efficient than electric ones, but they might have higher upfront costs. Consider your long-term energy usage and budget when deciding on the heat source.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;5. Size and Space&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conveyor dryers come in various sizes, and it’s essential to choose one that fits your available space. Measure your production area and consider the dryer’s footprint to ensure it can be accommodated comfortably without disrupting your workflow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;6. Budget&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As with any business investment, budget is a critical factor. Conveyor dryers range in price depending on their features and capabilities. Determine your budget beforehand and explore options that provide the best value for your investment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Types of Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Understanding the different types of conveyor dryers can also aid in making an informed decision. Here are some common types:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Electric Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Electric dryers are popular due to their ease of use and maintenance. They are suitable for small to medium-sized operations and offer consistent heat distribution. However, they may have higher operational costs compared to gas dryers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Gas Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gas dryers are ideal for high-volume production facilities. They heat up quickly and are more energy-efficient, which can lead to cost savings in the long run. However, they require a gas hookup and may have higher initial costs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Infrared Conveyor Dryers&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Infrared dryers use infrared lamps to produce heat, ensuring even distribution. They are perfect for curing delicate fabrics and achieving high-quality prints. They are energy-efficient and operate quietly, making them suitable for various production environments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Maintenance and Safety Tips&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Regular maintenance is crucial to ensure the longevity and performance of your conveyor dryer. Here are some maintenance and safety tips:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Regular Cleaning: Keep the conveyor belt and heating elements free from debris and dust to prevent any operational issues.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Check Temperature Settings: Regularly verify that temperature settings are accurate to avoid under-curing or damaging garments.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Inspect Moving Parts: Ensure all moving parts, such as the belt and rollers, are in good condition and lubricated as needed.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Safety Protocols: Follow all safety guidelines provided by the manufacturer and provide training to staff to prevent accidents.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Conclusion&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Choosing the right conveyor dryer for screen printing requires careful consideration of your production needs, available space, and budget. By understanding the different types of dryers and evaluating key factors such as production volume, belt size, heat source, and energy efficiency, you can make an informed decision that enhances your screen printing operations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Investing in the right conveyor dryer will not only improve the quality of your prints but also increase your overall productivity. Take the time to research and select a dryer that aligns with your business goals and needs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;!--EndFragment--&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/how-to-print-metallic-inks">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/how-to-print-metallic-inks</id>
    <title type="text">Printing Metallic Inks – Glitters, Shimmers, Metallics</title>
    <summary type="html">When it comes to printing, the right ink can make all the difference. Imagine adding a stunning sparkle or an eye-catching shine to your designs. That's where glitter, shimmer, and metallic inks come into play. Each of these inks offers unique visual effects that can elevate your creations from ordinary to extraordinary.
</summary>
    <published>2025-04-09T09:44:04-05:00</published>
    <updated>2025-04-09T09:46:20-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/how-to-print-metallic-inks" />
    <category term="metallic inks" />
    <category term="screen printing" />
    <category term="proper mesh count" />
    <content type="html">&lt;h2&gt;Printing Metallic Inks – Glitters, Shimmers, Metallics&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When it comes to printing, the right ink can make all the difference. Imagine adding a stunning sparkle or an eye-catching shine to your designs. That's where glitter, shimmer, and &lt;a title="Metallic Inks" href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/metallic_inks.htm"&gt;metallic inks&lt;/a&gt; come into play. Each of these inks offers unique visual effects that can elevate your creations from ordinary to extraordinary.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;But what really sets them apart? How do you choose the perfect one for your project? And what about practical tips on mesh counts and underbasing? Whether you're a seasoned printer or just starting out in the world of textile design, understanding these differences will help you achieve those jaw-dropping results you've been dreaming of. Let’s dive into the vibrant realm of metallic inks!&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;What is the difference between glitter, shimmer, and metallic ink&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Glitter ink is all about bold sparkle. It contains large particles that catch the light and create a dramatic effect. This type of ink is perfect for designs meant to stand out, making it popular in fashion and promotional materials.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Shimmer ink offers a subtler approach. With smaller, finer particles, it produces a soft sheen rather than an overwhelming glittery look. Shimmer inks work wonderfully for elegant designs or where you want just a touch of shine without being too flashy.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Metallic ink takes things up another notch by mimicking the look of actual metal surfaces. It has reflective qualities that add depth and richness to your prints. These inks are great for creating luxurious finishes on products like packaging or high-end apparel. Each type brings its own unique flair to your printing projects, allowing you to choose based on your specific design goals.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;What mesh count should I use with each type of ink&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Choosing the right &lt;a title="Aluminum Frame Mesh Count" href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/aluminum-frames.htm"&gt;mesh count&lt;/a&gt; is crucial for achieving the best results when printing with glitter, shimmer, and metallic inks. Each type of ink requires a different approach to ensure optimal adhesion and visual appeal.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;For glitter inks, it’s generally recommended to use a lower mesh count, around 25 to 40. This allows the larger particles of glitter to pass through effectively while maintaining good coverage on your substrate.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Shimmer inks typically perform well with a medium mesh count of about 60 to 85. The finer particles allow for smooth application without losing that stunning shine.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Metallic inks require careful consideration too. A higher mesh count between 110 and 125 can help achieve crisp details in designs while still allowing those shimmering effects to shine through beautifully. &lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Adjusting your mesh counts based on the specific ink type will enhance both texture and vibrancy in your prints.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Should I underbase glitter, shimmer, or metallic inks&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Underbasing is a crucial step when working with specialty inks like glitter, shimmer, or metallics. It enhances the vibrancy of your print and ensures that colors pop in all their glory.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;For glitter inks, an underbase can help maintain sparkle. A white or light-colored underbase allows the glitter to shine through without being muted by the fabric color beneath it.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;When using shimmer inks, an underbase isn't always necessary but can be beneficial for achieving a brighter finish. The right base helps amplify those pearlescent qualities, ensuring they don’t get lost on darker fabrics.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Metallic inks present a unique challenge. An appropriate underbase will elevate their reflective properties and prevent dullness caused by absorbed colors below. Choosing the right strategy based on ink type is key to achieving stunning results in your prints.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Do I need to change anything when printing these inks&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When it comes to printing with glitter, shimmer, or metallic inks, a few adjustments can enhance the final product. First, consider your ink viscosity. These specialty inks often require a slightly different consistency compared to standard inks. A thinner ink might help achieve better coverage and prevent clogging.&amp;nbsp; Be careful not to thin the ink too much as it will reduce vibrancy.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;You should also be mindful of your &lt;a title="Screen Printing Squeegee" href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/squeegee_screen_printing.htm"&gt;squeegee&lt;/a&gt; pressure. You can drive the particles into the garment or underbase.&amp;nbsp; Too much pressure can lead to uneven application or even damage the glitter particles in your ink. A lighter touch allows for an even distribution without compromising the integrity of the design.&amp;nbsp; If the metallic inks don't come through the screen you may be using the wrong mesh count or you may need to clean the screen.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;a title="Temperature Gun" href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/screen-printing-temp-gun.htm"&gt;Temperature&lt;/a&gt; plays a crucial role too. Ensure a proper cure so that the ink doesn't fall off after coming off the conveyor dryer. These inks are reflective and will take more time in the dryer to properly cure.&amp;nbsp; &amp;nbsp;You may need to lower the temperature slightly&amp;nbsp; and increase the time in the chamber.&amp;nbsp; This enhances adhesion and prevents any flaking post-printing.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Lastly, don't forget about cleaning protocols! Specialty inks may leave residue on screens more than traditional ones do; therefore, cleaning your screens will keep them in top condition and improve print quality on your next print job.&amp;nbsp;&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Adapting these techniques will help you get stunning results every time you work with these eye-catching inks.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/manual-print-stroke.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/manual-print-stroke.htm</id>
    <title type="text">The Manual Print Stroke</title>
    <summary type="html">The print stroke is all about laying the correct amount of ink onto your garment with the least amount of effort and effort on your part and the printer’s. There are two ways to print on your squeegee for clean print strokes. If you have a press that’s too big for your operator, you’ll need to put in more effort to get a clean print. Shorter people can stand on the platform so that they can push the squeegee down and reduce the printing effort.</summary>
    <published>2014-12-10T09:49:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-03-12T14:50:34-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/manual-print-stroke.htm" />
    <category term="manual printing" />
    <category term="getting started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 14px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The purpose of the print stroke is to lay down the proper amount of ink on your garment, with minimal effort and exertion on the part of the printer.&lt;/strong&gt; You have two options when it comes to printing on a squeegee
 for a clean print stroke. If the press is too high compared to the 
operator, extra effort will be required for a proper stroke. Shorter 
operators can stand on a platform to allow for a downward push on the 
squeegee and to ease excess printing effort.
	&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;The Pull Stroke&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; With a pull stroke it is not necessary to “flood” your screen with ink. &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Flooding the screen&lt;/strong&gt; means to pull ink across the print area before you apply pressure for the final print.&lt;/em&gt; This flooding process comes from printing with inks that may dry in the screen such as water-based inks. Plastisol will not dry in the screen, so flooding is an unnecessary additional step.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Grasp the squeegee with&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;both hands&lt;/strong&gt; (for a full chest print) with a bead of ink all the way across the face of the squeegee. Hold the squeegee at approximately a &lt;strong&gt;60 degree angle&lt;/strong&gt; with the &lt;strong&gt;handle leaning toward you&lt;/strong&gt;.
 Pull toward you with enough pressure to cause the sharp edge of the 
squeegee blade to come into contact with the shirt, and to clear the ink
 from the print area as you print. Use a slow stroke as your ink will be
 somewhat thick.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the top of the screen, &lt;strong&gt;scoop up excess ink and return the squeegee to the bottom of the screen.&lt;/strong&gt;
	Lift the screen and see the result. If you didn’t quite get enough 
coverage with your first print, lower the screen and pull the squeegee 
again, making sure you sheer all the ink from the print area of the 
screen.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;The Push Stroke&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; The push stroke means you will have the squeegee close to your body and push it toward the bottom of the screen. To start the process, you will pull the squeegee toward you, with just enough pressure to flood the print area with ink.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hold the squeegee at the same&lt;strong&gt; 60 degree angle&lt;/strong&gt; with the&lt;strong&gt; handle leaning toward you.&lt;/strong&gt;
	Push the squeegee toward the bottom of the screen. Use enough pressure 
for the sharp edge of the squeegee blade to sheer the ink from the print
 area completely.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Either technique will work, and will be a matter of personal preference. You will see both methods used in the industry.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;The Goal&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
	&lt;h3&gt;Real success with the print stroke comes from repeatedly doing the process yourself.&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We
 can talk about the technical knowledge, but the real training will come
 as a result of you physically printing multiple shirts.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Your goal is to print with one stroke.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
	First, one stroke will be much easier on you when printing multiple 
garments. Second, each print stroke will lay down more ink on the 
garment. Too much ink and you will begin to lose your sharp edges and 
halftone dots. Too much ink will also cause your print to be thick and 
glossy. One stroke should give you a preferred thin, matte finish print.
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/prepping-your-screens-for-press-setup.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/prepping-your-screens-for-press-setup.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Prepping Your Screens for Press Setup</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;h2&gt;We've exposed our screens, dried them, and now we're ready to go to press.&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taking the time to properly prepare these screens before setup can save
 time (and headaches) during your production run. 
	&lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Screens.htm"&gt;Getting Started: The Screen&lt;/a&gt;)
	&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/em&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Blocking Out the Screens&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;WHY:&lt;/strong&gt; Screen filler, also known as blockout,
 is an added protection from ink leaking through pinholes and that strip
 of exposed fabric between the screen frame and the emulsion you’ve 
applied. This liquid is inexpensive and can be purchased from most full 
service suppliers.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HOW:&lt;/strong&gt; Lay your exposed screen 
on a table with the print side up. Pour a line of screen filler around 
the perimeter of the screen, close to the edge of your emulsion. With a 
square of cardboard or plastic (credit card size) spread the screen 
filler to cover the exposed mesh between the edge of your emulsion and 
the edge of your screen frame. Continue spreading the screen filler 
inward, within an inch or so of the image area, to cover any discovered 
or undiscovered pinholes.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Be careful not to cover up your 
registration marks
	&lt;/strong&gt; with screen filler, assuming you will use these marks
 when you register the screens on the press. You will tape over these 
registration marks on the print side of the screen once the graphic is 
lined up and you are ready to print the job.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your technique will 
be to lay down a thin layer of screen filler around your screen. Allow 
the screen filler to dry on the screen completely. Drying should only 
take a half hour in even the most humid of shops. You can place your 
screens in front of a fan or in the open breeze of windows or your dock 
door to speed up the process.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To save a little money, even though 
screen filler/blockout is inexpensive, you can use your old emulsion.
	&lt;/strong&gt; 
Even when emulsion no longer works on screens for exposing, it will 
still do the trick as a blockout product. Going the old emulsion route, 
allow the screens to dry completely. For best results, set your screens 
in the sun to harden this extra emulsion coat.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Taping Your Screens&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;WHY: &lt;/strong&gt;To keep ink from leaking from the angle where the screen frame meets the mesh, we want to tape all four sides.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HOW: &lt;/strong&gt;Lay your screen on a table, ink side up, just the way it will be loaded into the printer. With strips of tape
 the same length as each side of your frame, tape the angle where the 
mesh and screen frame meet. If you have not used screen filler, also 
tape a strip around the edges of the mesh, between our taped corner and 
the emulsion.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add another strip of tape around the frame 
of your screen, especially top and bottom, to protect the frame from 
ink. 
	&lt;strong&gt;This will speed up cleaning after the job is done.&lt;/strong&gt; Be sure that no 
wrinkles exist along the edge of the tape where ink will leak under and 
eventually escape onto your garments. It’s always a good idea to burnish
 down the tape edge that will come into contact with your squeegee to 
assure no ink leaks under your tape.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taping the ink side of you 
screen should be all you need. No need to tape the print side under 
normal circumstances. Some printers will tape inside the screen right up
 to within an inch or so of the image. By doing this, you can pull the 
tape at the end of the run and have less screen surface to clean. This 
is a perfectly acceptable practice and a matter of personal preference.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When
 taping over the emulsion to save clean up time, start from the top 
(closest to you when the screen is set up on the press) and tape in 
horizontal strips toward the bottom. 
	&lt;strong&gt;In this way, the squeegee
 stroke will not cause the tape to roll up under the squeegee pressure.
	&lt;/strong&gt; 
(The overlap of the tape goes the direction of your print stroke.) If 
you push your squeegee rather than pull, reverse this process and tape 
from bottom to top. 
	&lt;em&gt;(Read the article: &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/manual-print-stroke.htm"&gt;The Manual Print Stroke&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Be sure your tape completely covers at the 
corners where the tape strips meet. If necessary, add another short 
piece of tape at the corner to ensure a tight seal against ink leaking.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some
 printers use 
	&lt;strong&gt;masking tape&lt;/strong&gt;, but masking&lt;strong&gt; tends to breakdown during 
production
	&lt;/strong&gt; and leave tape residue in your ink. Masking tape will also 
tear in the seam between the frame and mesh due to squeegee pressure, 
and 
	&lt;strong&gt;then leak ink around the sides of your screen&lt;/strong&gt;. Better to use tape 
that is specifically made for screen preparation.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tapes made for 
screen application are available from full service suppliers.
	&lt;/strong&gt; Most of 
these tapes will have a solid blue or a checkerboard blue and white 
strip along one edge. Where you see the blue or checkerboard strip, 
there is little adhesive. The idea is to place the low adhesive portion 
of the tape on your screen frame and the other side of the tape onto 
your mesh. Over time, tape adhesive can build up on your screen frames 
and become sticky and messy. The low adhesive strip along one edge of 
the tape is made to reduce this buildup of adhesive.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When applying
 any of these tapes using a tape gun, be careful that the cutting edge 
of the tape gun does not tear the screen mesh. Most printers will pull 
off a length of tape and apply by hand rather than using the tape gun to
 directly apply to the screen.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;During production, if you discover 
pinholes or ink leaks, use tape to block the print side of your screen. 
	&lt;/strong&gt;
	Masking tape will pick up ink from subsequent screens and during any 
wiping of the screen and transfer the ink to your garment, so not a good
 option. For larger areas, you can use your screen tape. For small 
pinholes, especially close to the image area, use pieces of Scotch tape 
to cover.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Much of our success in screen printing is in the prep 
work, far more than in the actually printing of each garment. In most of
 our shops, we have the printing part of production fairly well in hand.
 It’s your prep work that separates one shop from the next.
&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-10T09:24:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-04-02T12:54:04-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/prepping-your-screens-for-press-setup.htm" />
    <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
    <content type="html">&lt;h2&gt;We've exposed our screens, dried them, and now we're ready to go to press.&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taking the time to properly prepare these screens before setup can save
 time (and headaches) during your production run. 
	&lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Screens.htm"&gt;Getting Started: The Screen&lt;/a&gt;)
	&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/em&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Blocking Out the Screens&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;WHY:&lt;/strong&gt; Screen filler, also known as blockout,
 is an added protection from ink leaking through pinholes and that strip
 of exposed fabric between the screen frame and the emulsion you’ve 
applied. This liquid is inexpensive and can be purchased from most full 
service suppliers.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HOW:&lt;/strong&gt; Lay your exposed screen 
on a table with the print side up. Pour a line of screen filler around 
the perimeter of the screen, close to the edge of your emulsion. With a 
square of cardboard or plastic (credit card size) spread the screen 
filler to cover the exposed mesh between the edge of your emulsion and 
the edge of your screen frame. Continue spreading the screen filler 
inward, within an inch or so of the image area, to cover any discovered 
or undiscovered pinholes.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Be careful not to cover up your 
registration marks
	&lt;/strong&gt; with screen filler, assuming you will use these marks
 when you register the screens on the press. You will tape over these 
registration marks on the print side of the screen once the graphic is 
lined up and you are ready to print the job.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your technique will 
be to lay down a thin layer of screen filler around your screen. Allow 
the screen filler to dry on the screen completely. Drying should only 
take a half hour in even the most humid of shops. You can place your 
screens in front of a fan or in the open breeze of windows or your dock 
door to speed up the process.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To save a little money, even though 
screen filler/blockout is inexpensive, you can use your old emulsion.
	&lt;/strong&gt; 
Even when emulsion no longer works on screens for exposing, it will 
still do the trick as a blockout product. Going the old emulsion route, 
allow the screens to dry completely. For best results, set your screens 
in the sun to harden this extra emulsion coat.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Taping Your Screens&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;WHY: &lt;/strong&gt;To keep ink from leaking from the angle where the screen frame meets the mesh, we want to tape all four sides.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;HOW: &lt;/strong&gt;Lay your screen on a table, ink side up, just the way it will be loaded into the printer. With strips of tape
 the same length as each side of your frame, tape the angle where the 
mesh and screen frame meet. If you have not used screen filler, also 
tape a strip around the edges of the mesh, between our taped corner and 
the emulsion.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can add another strip of tape around the frame 
of your screen, especially top and bottom, to protect the frame from 
ink. 
	&lt;strong&gt;This will speed up cleaning after the job is done.&lt;/strong&gt; Be sure that no 
wrinkles exist along the edge of the tape where ink will leak under and 
eventually escape onto your garments. It’s always a good idea to burnish
 down the tape edge that will come into contact with your squeegee to 
assure no ink leaks under your tape.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taping the ink side of you 
screen should be all you need. No need to tape the print side under 
normal circumstances. Some printers will tape inside the screen right up
 to within an inch or so of the image. By doing this, you can pull the 
tape at the end of the run and have less screen surface to clean. This 
is a perfectly acceptable practice and a matter of personal preference.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When
 taping over the emulsion to save clean up time, start from the top 
(closest to you when the screen is set up on the press) and tape in 
horizontal strips toward the bottom. 
	&lt;strong&gt;In this way, the squeegee
 stroke will not cause the tape to roll up under the squeegee pressure.
	&lt;/strong&gt; 
(The overlap of the tape goes the direction of your print stroke.) If 
you push your squeegee rather than pull, reverse this process and tape 
from bottom to top. 
	&lt;em&gt;(Read the article: &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/manual-print-stroke.htm"&gt;The Manual Print Stroke&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Be sure your tape completely covers at the 
corners where the tape strips meet. If necessary, add another short 
piece of tape at the corner to ensure a tight seal against ink leaking.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some
 printers use 
	&lt;strong&gt;masking tape&lt;/strong&gt;, but masking&lt;strong&gt; tends to breakdown during 
production
	&lt;/strong&gt; and leave tape residue in your ink. Masking tape will also 
tear in the seam between the frame and mesh due to squeegee pressure, 
and 
	&lt;strong&gt;then leak ink around the sides of your screen&lt;/strong&gt;. Better to use tape 
that is specifically made for screen preparation.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tapes made for 
screen application are available from full service suppliers.
	&lt;/strong&gt; Most of 
these tapes will have a solid blue or a checkerboard blue and white 
strip along one edge. Where you see the blue or checkerboard strip, 
there is little adhesive. The idea is to place the low adhesive portion 
of the tape on your screen frame and the other side of the tape onto 
your mesh. Over time, tape adhesive can build up on your screen frames 
and become sticky and messy. The low adhesive strip along one edge of 
the tape is made to reduce this buildup of adhesive.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When applying
 any of these tapes using a tape gun, be careful that the cutting edge 
of the tape gun does not tear the screen mesh. Most printers will pull 
off a length of tape and apply by hand rather than using the tape gun to
 directly apply to the screen.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;During production, if you discover 
pinholes or ink leaks, use tape to block the print side of your screen. 
	&lt;/strong&gt;
	Masking tape will pick up ink from subsequent screens and during any 
wiping of the screen and transfer the ink to your garment, so not a good
 option. For larger areas, you can use your screen tape. For small 
pinholes, especially close to the image area, use pieces of Scotch tape 
to cover.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Much of our success in screen printing is in the prep 
work, far more than in the actually printing of each garment. In most of
 our shops, we have the printing part of production fairly well in hand.
 It’s your prep work that separates one shop from the next.
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/finding-the-right-exposure-time.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/finding-the-right-exposure-time.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Finding the Right Exposure Time</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;
	First, there is no hard and fast rule for exposure times. Your time will vary. Each of us coats our screens with more or less 
	emulsion,
 the age of our exposure bulb, the wattage of our unit, and the mesh we 
use can all impact exposure time. So, the trick is to find the best time
 for your particular shop.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	We need a good point to start when determining the best time to expose screens. Let’s use 
	dual cure emulsion as starting point. If you use fast exposing pure photopolymer emulsion, take these numbers as a percentage guideline, based on your particular exposure unit.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sunlight exposure&lt;/strong&gt; – 30 seconds&lt;/li&gt;	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5000 watt metal halide&lt;/strong&gt; – 1 minute&lt;/li&gt;	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1000 watt mercury vapor&lt;/strong&gt; – 4 minutes&lt;/li&gt;	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1000 watt quartz halogen&lt;/strong&gt; – 5 minutes&lt;/li&gt;	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Unfiltered blacklights or grow lights&lt;/strong&gt; – 5 minutes&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Again,
 these are only starting points to give you an idea of where to begin 
your testing. An 
	exposure calculator is your best bet to zero in on the 
best time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;Exposure Calculator&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;
	&lt;em&gt;An &lt;strong&gt;exposure calculator&lt;/strong&gt; is a film positive that comes printed with five or 
more identical images including fine lines and dots. 
	&lt;/em&gt;Using our starting 
point exposure times above, we expose the film onto a screen and wash 
out as normal. After the screen is washed out completely, hold it up to a
 light and compare the different images. The one that is exposed the 
best, where the image looks the most crisp, is our target. A formula 
under that image will tell us our ideal exposure time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Best Target Number&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;X&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Test Exposure Time&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;=&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Correct Exposure Time&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;br&gt;
	&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Our actual exposure time multiplied by the number given under our ideal image will equal our best exposure time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;img src="/Blog/Exposure.jpg" data-image="v4x4so2mil1v"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;Step Wedge&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;
	Another
 less exacting method to test for exposure time is to do a step wedge 
test. Basically, you choose an exposure time you think will work for 
you. Let’s take three minutes as an example. Place a film positive on 
your screen, and then block most of the image with thin cardboard or 
construction paper (something that will totally block the light) leaving
 about 20% of the image showing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Expose
 the screen for less time than our three minute guess. Let’s try two 
minutes. After two minutes of exposure, move the cardboard sheet down to
 reveal 20% more of the image and expose for another 30 seconds. Then, 
move the cardboard down the image and expose for another 30 seconds. 
This will be our three minute estimated exposure time. Move the 
cardboard two more times exposing 30 seconds each time. We have now 
tested our exposure for a window of two minutes to four minutes in 30 
second increments. Wash out the screen and see which exposure washed out
 best with clean crisp edges. Your ideal time will be the least exposure
 time with the best washout of the image.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;
	Video of Step Wedge - courtesy of Chromaline&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;figure&gt;&lt;iframe width="420" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/iIb8l2fccRE" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen=""&gt;
&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/figure&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;Videos on Using an Exposure Calculator - courtesy of Chromaline&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;figure&gt;&lt;iframe width="420" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ZJF52e_FZps" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen=""&gt;
&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/figure&gt;
&lt;figure&gt;&lt;iframe width="420" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/E_C1xmqpFkU" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen=""&gt;
&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/figure&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-10T08:55:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-04-02T12:56:37-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/finding-the-right-exposure-time.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="48164" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/images/exposurecalc.jpg" />
    <category term="Exposing" />
    <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;
	First, there is no hard and fast rule for exposure times. Your time will vary. Each of us coats our screens with more or less 
	emulsion,
 the age of our exposure bulb, the wattage of our unit, and the mesh we 
use can all impact exposure time. So, the trick is to find the best time
 for your particular shop.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	We need a good point to start when determining the best time to expose screens. Let’s use 
	dual cure emulsion as starting point. If you use fast exposing pure photopolymer emulsion, take these numbers as a percentage guideline, based on your particular exposure unit.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sunlight exposure&lt;/strong&gt; – 30 seconds&lt;/li&gt;	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5000 watt metal halide&lt;/strong&gt; – 1 minute&lt;/li&gt;	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1000 watt mercury vapor&lt;/strong&gt; – 4 minutes&lt;/li&gt;	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1000 watt quartz halogen&lt;/strong&gt; – 5 minutes&lt;/li&gt;	&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Unfiltered blacklights or grow lights&lt;/strong&gt; – 5 minutes&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Again,
 these are only starting points to give you an idea of where to begin 
your testing. An 
	exposure calculator is your best bet to zero in on the 
best time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;Exposure Calculator&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;
	&lt;em&gt;An &lt;strong&gt;exposure calculator&lt;/strong&gt; is a film positive that comes printed with five or 
more identical images including fine lines and dots. 
	&lt;/em&gt;Using our starting 
point exposure times above, we expose the film onto a screen and wash 
out as normal. After the screen is washed out completely, hold it up to a
 light and compare the different images. The one that is exposed the 
best, where the image looks the most crisp, is our target. A formula 
under that image will tell us our ideal exposure time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Best Target Number&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;X&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Test Exposure Time&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;=&lt;/span&gt; &lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Correct Exposure Time&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;br&gt;
	&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Our actual exposure time multiplied by the number given under our ideal image will equal our best exposure time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;img src="/Blog/Exposure.jpg" data-image="v4x4so2mil1v"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;Step Wedge&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;
	Another
 less exacting method to test for exposure time is to do a step wedge 
test. Basically, you choose an exposure time you think will work for 
you. Let’s take three minutes as an example. Place a film positive on 
your screen, and then block most of the image with thin cardboard or 
construction paper (something that will totally block the light) leaving
 about 20% of the image showing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Expose
 the screen for less time than our three minute guess. Let’s try two 
minutes. After two minutes of exposure, move the cardboard sheet down to
 reveal 20% more of the image and expose for another 30 seconds. Then, 
move the cardboard down the image and expose for another 30 seconds. 
This will be our three minute estimated exposure time. Move the 
cardboard two more times exposing 30 seconds each time. We have now 
tested our exposure for a window of two minutes to four minutes in 30 
second increments. Wash out the screen and see which exposure washed out
 best with clean crisp edges. Your ideal time will be the least exposure
 time with the best washout of the image.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;
	Video of Step Wedge - courtesy of Chromaline&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;figure&gt;&lt;iframe width="420" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/iIb8l2fccRE" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen=""&gt;
&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/figure&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;Videos on Using an Exposure Calculator - courtesy of Chromaline&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;figure&gt;&lt;iframe width="420" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/ZJF52e_FZps" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen=""&gt;
&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/figure&gt;
&lt;figure&gt;&lt;iframe width="420" height="315" src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/E_C1xmqpFkU" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen=""&gt;
&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/figure&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/coating-screens-in-your-shop.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/coating-screens-in-your-shop.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Coating Screens in Your Shop</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;h2&gt;How do I coat a screen with liquid emulsion?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Seems like it should be a fairly simple step one, step two, step three 
response. But 
	&lt;strong&gt;ask any 10 printers how they coat their screens, and you 
might very well receive 10 different answers
	&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Let’s take some of the 
mystery out of this process.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	First, let’s assume we are using either 
	dual cure or pure photopolymer emulsion.
 Our approach will be finding a method that is both efficient and 
effective. Some recommend a multiple coat method – one side, both sides,
 or coat-dry-coat. This multi-coat approach can be attributed to a 
couple of reasons. The screen printer (or the person who taught him) may
 have had experience with older diazo emulsion and struggled with 
shrinkage of the emulsion on the mesh causing pinholes. Or the printer 
has struggled with pinholes even using dual cure or pure photopolymer, 
and has fixed the problem by applying more emulsion as a type of 
band-aid approach.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Today, modern emulsions offer good coverage 
without the shrinkage experienced with earlier diazo emulsions. And if 
the issue is pinholes, proper 
	degreasing
	and protecting the screen from contaminants is the real fix, not 
applying more emulsion to the problem. Extra emulsion means more 
material cost, longer coating and drying times, and more difficulty 
reclaiming the screens after production.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	In this article, I’ll recommend you 
	&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;coat screens with just one pass on the print side and one pass on the ink side&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;(watch the &lt;a target="_blank" href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jtkGsZ9amss"&gt;video&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;.
 Just another opinion from a screen printer out there in the world? This
 method is based on years of production and being fast, efficient and 
effective. Coating one pass on each side of your screen should give you a
 quick and perfectly effective screen, and ready for a full production 
run.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;1.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Pour your emulsion of choice into a scoop coater with at 
least 1” clearance from the inside of the screen frame on each side. (If
 the inside width of your screen is 18”, the scoop coater should be no 
more than 16” wide.) The sharp side of the squeegee will go against the 
screen mesh.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;2.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Stand the screen up on a table and hold with your 
left hand (if you’re right handed). With your right hand (or vice versa)
 pick up the loaded scoop coater from the center, take care not to spill
 emulsion out of either end. The operator in the 
	&lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jtkGsZ9amss" target="_blank"&gt;video&lt;/a&gt; is left handed, 
by the way, so don’t be confused.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;3.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; On the print side of the screen, place the scoop coater against the scoop coater
	toward the mesh until a bead of emulsion touches the fabric across the 
entire length of the scoop coater. Do not roll the scoop coater over so 
far that the flat plastic sides of the scoop coater rest against the 
mesh. Rolling too far forward may cause the scoop coater blade to pull 
away from mesh during coating and result in a heavy emulsion lay down or
 emulsion spilling out onto the mesh.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;4.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Pull the scoop coater up the
 screen slowly, allowing the thousands of tiny openings in the mesh to 
be filled with emulsion. (Experienced printers who come to my classes 
always seem coat the screen as fast as they can pull the scoop coater up
 the fabric.)
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;5.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; About 1” before the inside edge of the frame, stop, roll 
the scoop coater back to allow emulsion to pour back in, then slide the 
scoop coater up and then away from the mesh.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;6.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Turn the screen around and 
repeat.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Any excess emulsion on the screen, on the sides of your 
coating stroke, can be carded off with a small square of cardboard or 
plastic. This will speed drying of the screen and prevent emulsion from 
dripping down onto another screen during the drying process.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Now, dry the screen in a 
	&lt;strong&gt;horizontal position&lt;/strong&gt; either in a professional or homemade &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/aluminum-screen-rack.htm"&gt;drying rack&lt;/a&gt;
	with the&lt;strong&gt; print side down&lt;/strong&gt; (just as the screen is placed in your 
printer). Print side down will give you a heavier deposit of emulsion on
 the print side of the screen so that you have a nice smooth surface 
touching the shirt being printed.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	If you make a mistake in 
coating, it’s okay to clear any excess emulsion from the coated area 
with the sharp edge of the scoop coater. Screen coating is a very 
forgiving process, so your repaired coating job may not look perfect, 
but it will work perfectly well.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	When you are finished coating 
your screens, pour the excess back into the emulsion container for reuse
 later. Wash out the scoop coater immediately with water and allow it to
 dry upside down on a towel. 
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Coated screens will last about two weeks in
 a dark room or light-tight container.
	&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Coating is one of the 
processes in screen printing that tends to frighten new participants. 
(I’ve witnessed many a shaking hand during this part of class.) Just 
remember that proper preparation and a simple inside and outside stroke 
will result in a quick, easy and perfectly functional screen, ready to 
load on your press.
&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-10T08:30:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-03-18T08:44:05-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/coating-screens-in-your-shop.htm" />
    <category term="Coating Screens" />
    <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
    <content type="html">&lt;h2&gt;How do I coat a screen with liquid emulsion?&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Seems like it should be a fairly simple step one, step two, step three 
response. But 
	&lt;strong&gt;ask any 10 printers how they coat their screens, and you 
might very well receive 10 different answers
	&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Let’s take some of the 
mystery out of this process.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	First, let’s assume we are using either 
	dual cure or pure photopolymer emulsion.
 Our approach will be finding a method that is both efficient and 
effective. Some recommend a multiple coat method – one side, both sides,
 or coat-dry-coat. This multi-coat approach can be attributed to a 
couple of reasons. The screen printer (or the person who taught him) may
 have had experience with older diazo emulsion and struggled with 
shrinkage of the emulsion on the mesh causing pinholes. Or the printer 
has struggled with pinholes even using dual cure or pure photopolymer, 
and has fixed the problem by applying more emulsion as a type of 
band-aid approach.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Today, modern emulsions offer good coverage 
without the shrinkage experienced with earlier diazo emulsions. And if 
the issue is pinholes, proper 
	degreasing
	and protecting the screen from contaminants is the real fix, not 
applying more emulsion to the problem. Extra emulsion means more 
material cost, longer coating and drying times, and more difficulty 
reclaiming the screens after production.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	In this article, I’ll recommend you 
	&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;coat screens with just one pass on the print side and one pass on the ink side&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;(watch the &lt;a target="_blank" href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jtkGsZ9amss"&gt;video&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;.
 Just another opinion from a screen printer out there in the world? This
 method is based on years of production and being fast, efficient and 
effective. Coating one pass on each side of your screen should give you a
 quick and perfectly effective screen, and ready for a full production 
run.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;1.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Pour your emulsion of choice into a scoop coater with at 
least 1” clearance from the inside of the screen frame on each side. (If
 the inside width of your screen is 18”, the scoop coater should be no 
more than 16” wide.) The sharp side of the squeegee will go against the 
screen mesh.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;2.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Stand the screen up on a table and hold with your 
left hand (if you’re right handed). With your right hand (or vice versa)
 pick up the loaded scoop coater from the center, take care not to spill
 emulsion out of either end. The operator in the 
	&lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jtkGsZ9amss" target="_blank"&gt;video&lt;/a&gt; is left handed, 
by the way, so don’t be confused.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;3.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; On the print side of the screen, place the scoop coater against the scoop coater
	toward the mesh until a bead of emulsion touches the fabric across the 
entire length of the scoop coater. Do not roll the scoop coater over so 
far that the flat plastic sides of the scoop coater rest against the 
mesh. Rolling too far forward may cause the scoop coater blade to pull 
away from mesh during coating and result in a heavy emulsion lay down or
 emulsion spilling out onto the mesh.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;4.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Pull the scoop coater up the
 screen slowly, allowing the thousands of tiny openings in the mesh to 
be filled with emulsion. (Experienced printers who come to my classes 
always seem coat the screen as fast as they can pull the scoop coater up
 the fabric.)
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;5.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; About 1” before the inside edge of the frame, stop, roll 
the scoop coater back to allow emulsion to pour back in, then slide the 
scoop coater up and then away from the mesh.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;6.)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Turn the screen around and 
repeat.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Any excess emulsion on the screen, on the sides of your 
coating stroke, can be carded off with a small square of cardboard or 
plastic. This will speed drying of the screen and prevent emulsion from 
dripping down onto another screen during the drying process.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Now, dry the screen in a 
	&lt;strong&gt;horizontal position&lt;/strong&gt; either in a professional or homemade &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/aluminum-screen-rack.htm"&gt;drying rack&lt;/a&gt;
	with the&lt;strong&gt; print side down&lt;/strong&gt; (just as the screen is placed in your 
printer). Print side down will give you a heavier deposit of emulsion on
 the print side of the screen so that you have a nice smooth surface 
touching the shirt being printed.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	If you make a mistake in 
coating, it’s okay to clear any excess emulsion from the coated area 
with the sharp edge of the scoop coater. Screen coating is a very 
forgiving process, so your repaired coating job may not look perfect, 
but it will work perfectly well.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	When you are finished coating 
your screens, pour the excess back into the emulsion container for reuse
 later. Wash out the scoop coater immediately with water and allow it to
 dry upside down on a towel. 
	&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Coated screens will last about two weeks in
 a dark room or light-tight container.
	&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	Coating is one of the 
processes in screen printing that tends to frighten new participants. 
(I’ve witnessed many a shaking hand during this part of class.) Just 
remember that proper preparation and a simple inside and outside stroke 
will result in a quick, easy and perfectly functional screen, ready to 
load on your press.
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/care-and-handling-of-screens.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/care-and-handling-of-screens.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Care and Handling of Screens</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;During day to day production, our screens are pretty durable tools. 
No kid gloves required. Common sense care, protecting the mesh from 
sharp edges and the like, is all that is necessary to keep our screens 
in the production process. &lt;strong&gt;Where we do need to take added care is during
 that window of time from degreasing and up until we expose the screens.
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When screens are wet, from either degreasing or after coating with emulsion,
 they tend to attract dust, lint and other contaminants from the air. 
When these contaminants attach to a screen, you are inviting pinholes 
during production.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Going through the process, we care little about
 these common print shop contaminants before degreasing. But once a 
screen begins the process of being prepared for the press, diligence is 
required. After degreasing, it is important to dry the screen again as 
quickly as possible, preferably in a clean, dust-free room with a 
dehumidifier to speed the process. A wet screen will attract (and hold) 
more dust and contaminants than a dry one.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;After degreasing, do not place you hands on the mesh area. Your hands have natural oils. Emulsion is based with water. Oil and water don’t mix. &lt;strong&gt;The oil from your hands can cause pinholes that open up during a print run.&lt;/strong&gt; Once the screen has been degreased – hands off the mesh. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/screen-degreasing.htm" target="_blank"&gt;Screen Degreasing: Pinholes are the Enemy!&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;It's
 important to make this screen preparation window as brief as practical.
 Coat screens as soon as possible after degreasing and drying. Dust and 
lint that collects on a degreased screen that waits in storage will 
result in pinholes later down the production road.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;After coating 
with emulsion, again dry your screens again as quickly as possible. Just
 as with wet degreased screens, wet emulsion on screens will attract 
dust and lint from the air. Once the emulsion is dry on the screen, your
 cautious care can be reduced. At this point, your only real concern is 
light exposure. An emulsion coated screen needs to be protected from 
light to keep it from being prematurely exposed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The end of the 
period of extra screen care is after you have exposed your screens and 
you have dried them completely. At this point, you are back in a 
position where you can treat your screen more casually. Dust, oil from 
your hands, and fabric lint in the air will not affect your completely 
prepped screens. You can simply wipe any obvious contaminants away from 
the mesh before production.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-10T08:27:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2015-04-09T14:28:15-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/care-and-handling-of-screens.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="122824" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/images/Care-and-handling-of-screens.jpg" />
    <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;During day to day production, our screens are pretty durable tools. 
No kid gloves required. Common sense care, protecting the mesh from 
sharp edges and the like, is all that is necessary to keep our screens 
in the production process. &lt;strong&gt;Where we do need to take added care is during
 that window of time from degreasing and up until we expose the screens.
&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When screens are wet, from either degreasing or after coating with emulsion,
 they tend to attract dust, lint and other contaminants from the air. 
When these contaminants attach to a screen, you are inviting pinholes 
during production.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Going through the process, we care little about
 these common print shop contaminants before degreasing. But once a 
screen begins the process of being prepared for the press, diligence is 
required. After degreasing, it is important to dry the screen again as 
quickly as possible, preferably in a clean, dust-free room with a 
dehumidifier to speed the process. A wet screen will attract (and hold) 
more dust and contaminants than a dry one.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;After degreasing, do not place you hands on the mesh area. Your hands have natural oils. Emulsion is based with water. Oil and water don’t mix. &lt;strong&gt;The oil from your hands can cause pinholes that open up during a print run.&lt;/strong&gt; Once the screen has been degreased – hands off the mesh. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/screen-degreasing.htm" target="_blank"&gt;Screen Degreasing: Pinholes are the Enemy!&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;It's
 important to make this screen preparation window as brief as practical.
 Coat screens as soon as possible after degreasing and drying. Dust and 
lint that collects on a degreased screen that waits in storage will 
result in pinholes later down the production road.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;After coating 
with emulsion, again dry your screens again as quickly as possible. Just
 as with wet degreased screens, wet emulsion on screens will attract 
dust and lint from the air. Once the emulsion is dry on the screen, your
 cautious care can be reduced. At this point, your only real concern is 
light exposure. An emulsion coated screen needs to be protected from 
light to keep it from being prematurely exposed.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The end of the 
period of extra screen care is after you have exposed your screens and 
you have dried them completely. At this point, you are back in a 
position where you can treat your screen more casually. Dust, oil from 
your hands, and fabric lint in the air will not affect your completely 
prepped screens. You can simply wipe any obvious contaminants away from 
the mesh before production.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/screen-degreasing.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/screen-degreasing.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Screen Degreasing: Pinholes are the Enemy!</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Screen degreasing is the most critical step in preparing your screens
 for the production process. A slip up here will compound problems 
further into the process.
	&lt;strong&gt; Proper degreasing will eliminate most pinholes, that will in turn eliminate much spoilage and downtime&lt;/strong&gt;. Most pinholes are a result of either no degreasing or poor degreasing. And...
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;“Pinholes are the enemy!” &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pinholes
 are those tiny little holes that open up in our emulsion, usually 
during a print run, and leave little dots of ink on the printed garment.
 The more pinholes that open up, the more dots of ink that can ruin a 
printed garment.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;New screens and reclaimed screens need to be properly degreased before coating with emulsion…&lt;em&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;every&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/em&gt;time&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; There are people in this industry who will tell you that degreasing is not necessary every time you process your screens. A huge fallacy is that you do not need to degrease screens after the 
first time you use them. This advice is totally, absolutely incorrect.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dust, lint, oils, chemicals on your screen WILL cause pinholes. &lt;/strong&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;New
 screens come to you with machine oil, oil from the hands of everyone 
who ever touched them, dust, lint and other contaminants. All this 
foreign matter on the mesh will impact adhesion of your emulsion and 
cause pinholes on the press.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Used and reclaimed screens also have 
these contaminants from your shop, and must be properly degreased. The 
degreasing step is an absolute necessity each time a screen goes through
 the reclaiming/coating cycle.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most suppliers carry a professional &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/mesh_degreasers.htm"&gt;degreaser&lt;/a&gt; and this product is fairly inexpensive. I’m commonly asked in classes, “Can I just use my grease-fighting dish soap from the kitchen?” The simple answer is “No.”
 Most if not all of these products have lanolin or other hand softeners,
 which introduce oil to the fabric, which totally defeats the purpose of
 your degreasing step.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;If you are using indirect emulsion&lt;/strong&gt; (dry &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/capillary_film.htm"&gt;capillary film&lt;/a&gt; applied to a wet screen), you will need to use an abrader the first time you degrease your screen. An &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;abrader&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt;is a degreaser with “grit” to rough up the surface of your screen&lt;strong&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;
	The purpose is to give your capillary film, applied to only one side of
 your screen, a coarse surface for the film to adhere. After the first 
use of abrader on a new screen, go back to regular degreaser for any 
subsequent cleaning.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are some in the industry who recommend 
you always start with an abrader even when you are using direct 
emulsion. My advice is,
	&lt;strong&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;“Never, never, never do this.”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; 
An abrader creates tiny tears in the mesh, which over time may impact 
tension and be a source of holes opening up in the mesh. Use of an 
abrader offers no advantage for a shop using direct emulsion on their 
screens.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Simple Technique&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt; Degreasing is an easy process. Wet your 
screen on both sides. Ideally from a spray bottle, apply a small amount 
of degreaser across the surface of the mesh. With a clean soft brush or 
non-abrasive pad, move in circular motion around the mesh creating light
 suds on the surface. Turn the screen and apply more degreaser. Repeat 
the circular motion creating suds again.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Allow the screen to stand for about 30 seconds before rinsing with water. Use standard water pressure.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;No power washer is necessary, and could cause contaminants to bounce back onto the screen during this rinse. Hose off not only the mesh but the frame as well.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Always&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt; keep your degreasing brush separated from any other brushes&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;used in your washout sink, so as not to contaminate the screens with inks and other chemicals.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Degreasing brushes must only be used for degreasing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Allow the screen to air dry away from dust and lint. The wet screen can attract contaminants from the air, so an accelerated drying process using a dehumidifier is preferred.
 You can use a fan or set your screens near air flow in your shop, as 
long as you are confident that dust and contaminants are not being blown
 into the mesh.
&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-10T08:16:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-04-02T13:00:26-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/screen-degreasing.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="166396" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/images/degrease.jpg" />
    <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Screen degreasing is the most critical step in preparing your screens
 for the production process. A slip up here will compound problems 
further into the process.
	&lt;strong&gt; Proper degreasing will eliminate most pinholes, that will in turn eliminate much spoilage and downtime&lt;/strong&gt;. Most pinholes are a result of either no degreasing or poor degreasing. And...
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;“Pinholes are the enemy!” &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pinholes
 are those tiny little holes that open up in our emulsion, usually 
during a print run, and leave little dots of ink on the printed garment.
 The more pinholes that open up, the more dots of ink that can ruin a 
printed garment.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;New screens and reclaimed screens need to be properly degreased before coating with emulsion…&lt;em&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;every&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/em&gt;time&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; There are people in this industry who will tell you that degreasing is not necessary every time you process your screens. A huge fallacy is that you do not need to degrease screens after the 
first time you use them. This advice is totally, absolutely incorrect.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dust, lint, oils, chemicals on your screen WILL cause pinholes. &lt;/strong&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;New
 screens come to you with machine oil, oil from the hands of everyone 
who ever touched them, dust, lint and other contaminants. All this 
foreign matter on the mesh will impact adhesion of your emulsion and 
cause pinholes on the press.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Used and reclaimed screens also have 
these contaminants from your shop, and must be properly degreased. The 
degreasing step is an absolute necessity each time a screen goes through
 the reclaiming/coating cycle.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most suppliers carry a professional &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/mesh_degreasers.htm"&gt;degreaser&lt;/a&gt; and this product is fairly inexpensive. I’m commonly asked in classes, “Can I just use my grease-fighting dish soap from the kitchen?” The simple answer is “No.”
 Most if not all of these products have lanolin or other hand softeners,
 which introduce oil to the fabric, which totally defeats the purpose of
 your degreasing step.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;If you are using indirect emulsion&lt;/strong&gt; (dry &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/capillary_film.htm"&gt;capillary film&lt;/a&gt; applied to a wet screen), you will need to use an abrader the first time you degrease your screen. An &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;abrader&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/em&gt;is a degreaser with “grit” to rough up the surface of your screen&lt;strong&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;
	The purpose is to give your capillary film, applied to only one side of
 your screen, a coarse surface for the film to adhere. After the first 
use of abrader on a new screen, go back to regular degreaser for any 
subsequent cleaning.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are some in the industry who recommend 
you always start with an abrader even when you are using direct 
emulsion. My advice is,
	&lt;strong&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;“Never, never, never do this.”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; 
An abrader creates tiny tears in the mesh, which over time may impact 
tension and be a source of holes opening up in the mesh. Use of an 
abrader offers no advantage for a shop using direct emulsion on their 
screens.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Simple Technique&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt; Degreasing is an easy process. Wet your 
screen on both sides. Ideally from a spray bottle, apply a small amount 
of degreaser across the surface of the mesh. With a clean soft brush or 
non-abrasive pad, move in circular motion around the mesh creating light
 suds on the surface. Turn the screen and apply more degreaser. Repeat 
the circular motion creating suds again.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Allow the screen to stand for about 30 seconds before rinsing with water. Use standard water pressure.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;No power washer is necessary, and could cause contaminants to bounce back onto the screen during this rinse. Hose off not only the mesh but the frame as well.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Always&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt; keep your degreasing brush separated from any other brushes&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;used in your washout sink, so as not to contaminate the screens with inks and other chemicals.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;em&gt;Degreasing brushes must only be used for degreasing.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Allow the screen to air dry away from dust and lint. The wet screen can attract contaminants from the air, so an accelerated drying process using a dehumidifier is preferred.
 You can use a fan or set your screens near air flow in your shop, as 
long as you are confident that dust and contaminants are not being blown
 into the mesh.
&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/important-steps-in-prepping-a-screen.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/important-steps-in-prepping-a-screen.htm</id>
    <title type="text">5 Important Steps in Prepping a Screen</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Though
 it may not be rocket science, prepping a screen for screen printing 
involves a few different variables. You must make special considerations
 for factors like mesh count,
 diameter and more if you want your printing efforts to yield acceptable
 results. Following are five considerations that are very important to 
effectively prep a screen that will enable maximum results when you’re 
printing.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. Select the proper mesh count: &lt;/strong&gt;The proper mesh count will help to determine the amount of ink that
 is deposited on the substrate onto which you are printing. Choose low 
mesh counts for special-effects inks such as glitter (25-40 mesh), 
reflective or puff type inks (110-125 mesh). Choose high mesh counts 
(200-305) for more detailed or soft-hand prints.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. Select the desired mesh thread diameter: &lt;/strong&gt;A
 thinner thread diameter for any given mesh count will reduce the 
overall fabric thickness of the mesh and allow more ink to be deposited 
onto the substrate due to lower flow resistance and larger open area. 
The thinner thread diameter results in larger mesh openings and, thus, 
makes printing easier. This becomes important when a clean, crisp image 
or detailed design is desired, as the thinner tread diameter provides a 
smoother surface to which the stencils can adhere.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3. Make sure your screen frames are clean, straight and level:&lt;/strong&gt; Properly
 cleaned and leveled frames will help ensure that the printed image 
comes out crisp and clear. Personally, I prefer metal frames to wood, 
since metal frames last longer, resist warping and splintering and tend 
to hold the mesh tension longer. In addition, I also prefer retensional frames, since the mesh tension can easily be tightened or adjusted.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4. Tension the mesh properly: &lt;/strong&gt;Follow
 the manufacturer’s instructions for the ideal tension recommended for 
the specific mesh being used. Make sure the tension is equal in both 
warp (lengthwise) and weft (crossways) to achieve uniform mesh openings.
 Once the ideal tension is achieved (measured in Newtons with a tension meter),
 tension the mesh in the frame, let it sit and then retension again if 
needed. Mesh often will stretch a little after the first tensioning 
hence the fact that letting it relax and then recalibrating the tension 
will more accurately achieve the ideal tension desired.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5. De-haze and degrease both sides of the mesh:&lt;/strong&gt; De-hazing
 removes ghost images of previous designs, ink stains and other 
impurities that may have accumulated on reused mesh. Although it may not
 be necessary to de-haze each time a screen is reclaimed, depending on 
how much detail the next design requires, it is a good idea to de-haze 
periodically, perhaps after two or three jobs.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Degreasing is
 an important step before applying emulsion to the screen to remove 
oils, dust, fingerprints, and other grime that may have settled on the 
mesh. This step can improve the adhesion of the emulsion and prevent 
pinholes and other imperfections, which may show up if the emulsion is 
applied over dirty mesh. I recommend degreasing as a mandatory step in 
prepping the screen prior to applying emulsion. After degreasing keep 
frames in a dust-free environment until they are ready to be coated.&lt;br&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;One last tip:&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Always
 consider the manufacturer of the products you are using as a resource 
that can help answer any questions or concerns regarding its products.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-10T08:13:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-04-02T13:02:32-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/important-steps-in-prepping-a-screen.htm" />
    <category term="Mastering the Screen Making Process" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Though
 it may not be rocket science, prepping a screen for screen printing 
involves a few different variables. You must make special considerations
 for factors like mesh count,
 diameter and more if you want your printing efforts to yield acceptable
 results. Following are five considerations that are very important to 
effectively prep a screen that will enable maximum results when you’re 
printing.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1. Select the proper mesh count: &lt;/strong&gt;The proper mesh count will help to determine the amount of ink that
 is deposited on the substrate onto which you are printing. Choose low 
mesh counts for special-effects inks such as glitter (25-40 mesh), 
reflective or puff type inks (110-125 mesh). Choose high mesh counts 
(200-305) for more detailed or soft-hand prints.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2. Select the desired mesh thread diameter: &lt;/strong&gt;A
 thinner thread diameter for any given mesh count will reduce the 
overall fabric thickness of the mesh and allow more ink to be deposited 
onto the substrate due to lower flow resistance and larger open area. 
The thinner thread diameter results in larger mesh openings and, thus, 
makes printing easier. This becomes important when a clean, crisp image 
or detailed design is desired, as the thinner tread diameter provides a 
smoother surface to which the stencils can adhere.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3. Make sure your screen frames are clean, straight and level:&lt;/strong&gt; Properly
 cleaned and leveled frames will help ensure that the printed image 
comes out crisp and clear. Personally, I prefer metal frames to wood, 
since metal frames last longer, resist warping and splintering and tend 
to hold the mesh tension longer. In addition, I also prefer retensional frames, since the mesh tension can easily be tightened or adjusted.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4. Tension the mesh properly: &lt;/strong&gt;Follow
 the manufacturer’s instructions for the ideal tension recommended for 
the specific mesh being used. Make sure the tension is equal in both 
warp (lengthwise) and weft (crossways) to achieve uniform mesh openings.
 Once the ideal tension is achieved (measured in Newtons with a tension meter),
 tension the mesh in the frame, let it sit and then retension again if 
needed. Mesh often will stretch a little after the first tensioning 
hence the fact that letting it relax and then recalibrating the tension 
will more accurately achieve the ideal tension desired.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5. De-haze and degrease both sides of the mesh:&lt;/strong&gt; De-hazing
 removes ghost images of previous designs, ink stains and other 
impurities that may have accumulated on reused mesh. Although it may not
 be necessary to de-haze each time a screen is reclaimed, depending on 
how much detail the next design requires, it is a good idea to de-haze 
periodically, perhaps after two or three jobs.&lt;br&gt;&lt;br&gt;Degreasing is
 an important step before applying emulsion to the screen to remove 
oils, dust, fingerprints, and other grime that may have settled on the 
mesh. This step can improve the adhesion of the emulsion and prevent 
pinholes and other imperfections, which may show up if the emulsion is 
applied over dirty mesh. I recommend degreasing as a mandatory step in 
prepping the screen prior to applying emulsion. After degreasing keep 
frames in a dust-free environment until they are ready to be coated.&lt;br&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;One last tip:&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Always
 consider the manufacturer of the products you are using as a resource 
that can help answer any questions or concerns regarding its products.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/buying-a-manual-press.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/buying-a-manual-press.htm</id>
    <title type="text">What to Look for When Buying a Manual Press</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Anyone with a two car garage has the potential of being a screen printer. &lt;/strong&gt;It’s the beauty and the curse of the industry. Easy for you to get involved, and easy for every other person with that two car garage as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You
 can compete with the biggest printer, as long as you learn the process,
 and do what is necessary to output a first quality product.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;The possibility and potential is there for anyone willing to put in the time and effort to learn.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The number of colors, a six-color press
 for example, means the number of screens that you can set up at any one
 time. Will you print mostly six-color jobs? Not very likely. &lt;strong&gt;The bread and butter of screen printing is one, two and three color work.&lt;/strong&gt;
 But you will have the potential of printing most any job, including 
full color images on dark shirts if you buy a six color press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;platen &lt;/strong&gt;is the&amp;nbsp;board where you place your shirt for printing.&lt;/em&gt; Some presses, even 
multiple color presses have only one stationary platen for printing. 
More commonly, you will see multiple platens. These platens will move 
around the press independently from the movement of the screens around 
the press. Presses come standard with adult size platens, and a common 
add-on purchase will be youth platens as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Platens move around the press for two reasons:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; To print a &lt;strong&gt;white underbase on a dark shirt&lt;/strong&gt;, rotate the platen under a flash cure unit, and then back to print the others colors on top of the white underbase.&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;2.)&lt;/strong&gt;
 Platens move so we can have someone else&lt;strong&gt; loading and unloading shirts&lt;/strong&gt; 
while we print. A helper loading and unloading will speed up the 
process. During day-to-day printing though, most manual presses have a 
single operator, and automatic presses will commonly have two operators.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There
 is much discussion about micro-registration. Some presses have it and 
some do not. Registering your screens, one to another so a multicolor 
image lines up correctly, is more a function of a good set of films, tight screen mesh, and properly locating your multicolor image on each screen than anything else. In other words, setup begins with the screens, and not the press. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/exposing-multicolor-screens.htm"&gt;Exposing Multicolor Screens: Lining Up Images for Quick Set Up&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Many
 old time printers (who predate micro-registration systems) can set up 
presses very quickly without using micros. Can micro-registration 
systems speed your setup? Yes, but you can still learn to setup a press 
very quickly without. As with all things in this industry, use or non-use of micro-registration systems will be a matter of personal preference.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;So what’s the best press to buy?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; First, you’ll buy what you can afford. Many avenues will lead to the same end product. And second, you’ll buy the press that allows the number of colors to best service your particular market(s) of choice.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And remember, whatever press you buy, you will likely keep and use it as auxiliary equipment when adding more machines to your production shop.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-10T08:08:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-04-02T13:04:42-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/buying-a-manual-press.htm" />
    <category term="Equipment" />
    <category term="manual printing" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Anyone with a two car garage has the potential of being a screen printer. &lt;/strong&gt;It’s the beauty and the curse of the industry. Easy for you to get involved, and easy for every other person with that two car garage as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You
 can compete with the biggest printer, as long as you learn the process,
 and do what is necessary to output a first quality product.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;The possibility and potential is there for anyone willing to put in the time and effort to learn.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The number of colors, a six-color press
 for example, means the number of screens that you can set up at any one
 time. Will you print mostly six-color jobs? Not very likely. &lt;strong&gt;The bread and butter of screen printing is one, two and three color work.&lt;/strong&gt;
 But you will have the potential of printing most any job, including 
full color images on dark shirts if you buy a six color press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The &lt;strong&gt;platen &lt;/strong&gt;is the&amp;nbsp;board where you place your shirt for printing.&lt;/em&gt; Some presses, even 
multiple color presses have only one stationary platen for printing. 
More commonly, you will see multiple platens. These platens will move 
around the press independently from the movement of the screens around 
the press. Presses come standard with adult size platens, and a common 
add-on purchase will be youth platens as well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Platens move around the press for two reasons:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; To print a &lt;strong&gt;white underbase on a dark shirt&lt;/strong&gt;, rotate the platen under a flash cure unit, and then back to print the others colors on top of the white underbase.&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;2.)&lt;/strong&gt;
 Platens move so we can have someone else&lt;strong&gt; loading and unloading shirts&lt;/strong&gt; 
while we print. A helper loading and unloading will speed up the 
process. During day-to-day printing though, most manual presses have a 
single operator, and automatic presses will commonly have two operators.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There
 is much discussion about micro-registration. Some presses have it and 
some do not. Registering your screens, one to another so a multicolor 
image lines up correctly, is more a function of a good set of films, tight screen mesh, and properly locating your multicolor image on each screen than anything else. In other words, setup begins with the screens, and not the press. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="https://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/exposing-multicolor-screens.htm"&gt;Exposing Multicolor Screens: Lining Up Images for Quick Set Up&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Many
 old time printers (who predate micro-registration systems) can set up 
presses very quickly without using micros. Can micro-registration 
systems speed your setup? Yes, but you can still learn to setup a press 
very quickly without. As with all things in this industry, use or non-use of micro-registration systems will be a matter of personal preference.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;So what’s the best press to buy?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; First, you’ll buy what you can afford. Many avenues will lead to the same end product. And second, you’ll buy the press that allows the number of colors to best service your particular market(s) of choice.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And remember, whatever press you buy, you will likely keep and use it as auxiliary equipment when adding more machines to your production shop.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/choosing-the-right-mesh-and-halftone-dot.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/choosing-the-right-mesh-and-halftone-dot.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Choosing the Right Mesh and Halftone Dot</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Monofilament mesh&lt;/strong&gt; is the product you will see in nearly all screen printing shops today. 
As the term mono would infer, this mesh is composed of single polyester 
threads woven together.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The different mesh numbers are determined 
by mesh count. This is the number of threads per inch in your mesh 
fabric.&lt;/strong&gt; Lower mesh counts (fewer threads per inch) translates to more 
ink lay down. So, an 86 mesh will lay down more ink than a 305 mesh. 
Different inks, different substrates, our graphic, the color of our 
garment, all impact the mesh count we use.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The Right Mesh for the Right Job&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The mesh you choose will 
depend on &lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; the ink you choose to use, &lt;strong&gt;2.)&lt;/strong&gt; the garment you plan to 
print, and &lt;strong&gt;3.)&lt;/strong&gt; the graphic going on that garment.&lt;br&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Below are some basic recommendations based on inks and images:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;30 Mesh: Glitter or Crystallina&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 60 Mesh: Athletic Print (football jerseys for example)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 86 Mesh: Heavy Ink on Dark Garments, Puff Ink, Plastisol Transfers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 110 Mesh: Underbase for Heavy Block Letters or Artwork&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 156 Mesh: General Prints on Light Garments&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 196 Mesh: Multi-color Prints on Light Garments, Jackets&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 230 Mesh: Underbase for Simulated Process, Suede Ink&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 305 Mesh: Process Inks for Light Garments, Simulated Process Overprints&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 Don’t let the list overwhelm you. In the average screen printing shop, 
you will have maybe five different mesh counts on hand, depending on the
 markets in which you sell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Numbers May Not Match&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; The numbers you see above are common
 in the industry, but you might very well see numbers that are slightly 
different. For instance, your supplier might tell you they sell 158 
mesh, and not 156. As long as you are very close, it’s all the same.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The
 reason for the close-but-different numbers is in the fact that mesh is 
manufactured in Europe and Asia. Since these products are made outside 
the U.S., they are measured in metric numbers and not inches. When the 
mesh is imported, the numbers are recalculated and the product 
relabeled. So, some numbers will be off by a one or two, but the 
products are virtually the same.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The Halftone/Mesh Formulas&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Halftone dots are used to 
either offer the perception of a shade of the color you are printing, or
 to blend colors in process printing or simulated process printing. 
Since we are printing small dots, we must use the proper mesh count that
 will hold these dots and allow us to print them.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Here’s how we 
determine both the mesh and the halftone dots we can hold and print.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Let’s start with the halftone dot.&lt;/em&gt; To determine the proper mesh to use with a particular dot, we multiply by 4.5.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Dot Size x 4.5 = Mesh Count&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, let’s say we have artwork with 35 LPI (lines per inch) dots:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;35 LPI x 4.5 = 157.5 Mesh Count&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your
 mesh needs to be at least 157.5 or higher to hold you 35 LPI halftone 
dots. 156 mesh is close enough. In fact, some instructors will tell you 
to use 4 rather than 4.5 as your multiplier, so there’s some wiggle room
 when doing this calculation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Now, let’s assume we have a limited 
number of screens available, and for this job today the highest mesh 
count we have on hand is a 196. &lt;/strong&gt;We can&lt;em&gt; reverse&lt;/em&gt; our formula and &lt;u&gt;divide 
mesh count by 4.5 to determine the maximum dot size&lt;/u&gt; we can hold and 
print on this screen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Mesh Count / 4.5 = LPI&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As another example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;196 Mesh Count / 4.5 = 43.5 LPI&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The smallest dot we can print on our 196 mesh will be approximately 43.4 LPI.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using
 the proper mesh is half the battle in screen printing. When it comes to
 printing halftone dots, proper mesh will be 90% of our production floor
 battle.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T16:49:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-04-02T14:20:37-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/choosing-the-right-mesh-and-halftone-dot.htm" />
    <category term="Mastering the Stencil Making Process" />
    <category term="Halftone Dots" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Monofilament mesh&lt;/strong&gt; is the product you will see in nearly all screen printing shops today. 
As the term mono would infer, this mesh is composed of single polyester 
threads woven together.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The different mesh numbers are determined 
by mesh count. This is the number of threads per inch in your mesh 
fabric.&lt;/strong&gt; Lower mesh counts (fewer threads per inch) translates to more 
ink lay down. So, an 86 mesh will lay down more ink than a 305 mesh. 
Different inks, different substrates, our graphic, the color of our 
garment, all impact the mesh count we use.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The Right Mesh for the Right Job&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The mesh you choose will 
depend on &lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; the ink you choose to use, &lt;strong&gt;2.)&lt;/strong&gt; the garment you plan to 
print, and &lt;strong&gt;3.)&lt;/strong&gt; the graphic going on that garment.&lt;br&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Below are some basic recommendations based on inks and images:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;30 Mesh: Glitter or Crystallina&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 60 Mesh: Athletic Print (football jerseys for example)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 86 Mesh: Heavy Ink on Dark Garments, Puff Ink, Plastisol Transfers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 110 Mesh: Underbase for Heavy Block Letters or Artwork&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 156 Mesh: General Prints on Light Garments&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 196 Mesh: Multi-color Prints on Light Garments, Jackets&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 230 Mesh: Underbase for Simulated Process, Suede Ink&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt; 305 Mesh: Process Inks for Light Garments, Simulated Process Overprints&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 Don’t let the list overwhelm you. In the average screen printing shop, 
you will have maybe five different mesh counts on hand, depending on the
 markets in which you sell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Numbers May Not Match&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; The numbers you see above are common
 in the industry, but you might very well see numbers that are slightly 
different. For instance, your supplier might tell you they sell 158 
mesh, and not 156. As long as you are very close, it’s all the same.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The
 reason for the close-but-different numbers is in the fact that mesh is 
manufactured in Europe and Asia. Since these products are made outside 
the U.S., they are measured in metric numbers and not inches. When the 
mesh is imported, the numbers are recalculated and the product 
relabeled. So, some numbers will be off by a one or two, but the 
products are virtually the same.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;The Halftone/Mesh Formulas&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Halftone dots are used to 
either offer the perception of a shade of the color you are printing, or
 to blend colors in process printing or simulated process printing. 
Since we are printing small dots, we must use the proper mesh count that
 will hold these dots and allow us to print them.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Here’s how we 
determine both the mesh and the halftone dots we can hold and print.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;Let’s start with the halftone dot.&lt;/em&gt; To determine the proper mesh to use with a particular dot, we multiply by 4.5.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;Dot Size x 4.5 = Mesh Count&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, let’s say we have artwork with 35 LPI (lines per inch) dots:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;35 LPI x 4.5 = 157.5 Mesh Count&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Your
 mesh needs to be at least 157.5 or higher to hold you 35 LPI halftone 
dots. 156 mesh is close enough. In fact, some instructors will tell you 
to use 4 rather than 4.5 as your multiplier, so there’s some wiggle room
 when doing this calculation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Now, let’s assume we have a limited 
number of screens available, and for this job today the highest mesh 
count we have on hand is a 196. &lt;/strong&gt;We can&lt;em&gt; reverse&lt;/em&gt; our formula and &lt;u&gt;divide 
mesh count by 4.5 to determine the maximum dot size&lt;/u&gt; we can hold and 
print on this screen.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Mesh Count / 4.5 = LPI&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As another example:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;196 Mesh Count / 4.5 = 43.5 LPI&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The smallest dot we can print on our 196 mesh will be approximately 43.4 LPI.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Using
 the proper mesh is half the battle in screen printing. When it comes to
 printing halftone dots, proper mesh will be 90% of our production floor
 battle.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Artwork-Terms-from-the-Screen-Printing-Industry.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Artwork-Terms-from-the-Screen-Printing-Industry.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Artwork Terms from the Screen Printing Industry</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;There are some&lt;strong&gt; artwork terms&lt;/strong&gt; that are&lt;em&gt; specific&lt;/em&gt; to our purposes in the&lt;strong&gt; screen printing industry&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;em&gt;These are the terms you should know and understand when talking with artists and with your screen printing staff.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Spot Color&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp; Most of what you see in garment screen printing is spot color. For 
example, on a white shirt you might see a black outline image with a 
color or two or three filling the image area. This is spot color, as 
opposed to a photographic reproduction. Clip art school mascot designs 
printing in two or three colors are good examples of spot color 
printing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You are not limited to white shirts. Spot color images 
can be manipulated to print on any color garment, and will generally 
have an outline of either black or white ink, depending on the color of 
the garment. Shading with halftones and gradations of color within the 
spot color image are also common to give the illusion of additional 
printed colors and depth to your image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 354px;" src="/Blog/spotcolor.jpg"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Process Printing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt; Process printing utilizes &lt;strong&gt;CMYK&lt;/strong&gt; - &lt;strong&gt;Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and Black&lt;/strong&gt; - and is most commonly printed on white 
garments. These inks are transparent and will take on the color of the 
fabric they are printed upon. A yellow print on a light blue shirt will 
result in a green image. That’s why, for CMYK, a white garment is your 
best option.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 365px;" src="/Blog/CMYK_print_leslie-co.jpg"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Simulated Process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; This is your best choice when printing full 
color images on any color garment. Unlike transparent CMYK inks, 
simulated process uses opaque plastisol ink colors such as lemon yellow and scarlet red,
 printed using halftone dots to simulate process printing. Most full 
color images you see on black shirts for instance will likely have been 
printed using simulated process.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;At least a six color press is recommended for this type printing. And a Photoshop plug-in program, specific to garment printing, is recommended to create these full color separations as well.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 382px;" src="/Blog/6-color-simulated-process.jpg"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Index Printing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;font size="4"&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp; Unlike simulated process which uses halftone 
dots, index separations will use a series of square dots to create the 
image. Index printing is color hungry. In other words, to create a full 
color image, more than six colors will likely be required to achieve the
 same effect as simulated process. Index printing is commonly used to 
created a posterized effect from a photographic image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Halftone Frequency&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;- This means the number of dots-per-inch 
(DPI), also known as lines-per-inch (LPI). Frequency determines the size
 of the dots you are going to print. The bigger the dot, the easier it 
will be to hold these dots on the screen and print onto your garment. Manual printers will not commonly go above 55 LPI. Automatic printers will usually go no higher than 65 LPI.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setting
 halftone frequency is done under the Advanced Settings option when you 
send your artwork to print. The default settings on your printer will be
 much higher and will not work for screen printing. This is a common 
error for new printers when they attempt to use halftone dots in a 
graphic for the first time.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Dot Shape&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; - The dots we print are not perfectly round. Rather in garment printing, we will most often choose elliptical dots.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Dot Angle&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
 - Halftone dots are printed along a straight line unless we specify 
otherwise. It is important that we do not allow this straight line of 
dots to align with the straight lines of our screen. This alignment may 
result in a moiré effect, causing patterns to appear on your screen and 
in your image. Dot angle is set under your Advanced Settings tab when 
you go to print.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Tip: For your spot color designs and for simulated process printing, set the angles for all colors at 25.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If
 you are printing with process inks, set each color at a different angle
 so that the actual dots from one screen to the next will not align and 
cause a moiré pattern between colors.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;TIP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;- &lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;The dot angles to set by color for process printing will be:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Cyan - 15 degrees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Magenta - 45 degrees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Yellow - 75 degrees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Black - 75 degrees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Registration Marks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
 - These marks are printed on each film so that it is easier to align 
artwork and screens on the production floor. Most commonly registration 
marks will appear on all four corners of the image. But in screen 
printing, placing two registration marks, centered at the top and bottom
 of an image will allow you to line them up with a straight line down 
the center of your platen for a quick setup and a perfectly centered 
image on the garment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Butt Registration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; - Artwork prepared with butt registration means the edges of each color are lined up with one another with no overlap.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Trapping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
 - This means the colors in the graphic are slightly spread to hide 
under the black outline of your graphic. Trapping is most common when 
printing spot color images, and will help to speed setup. Be careful of 
too much trapping. This may cause your image to look muddy where the 
colors overlap. Limit trapping of your image to about 2 points.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Stroke&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
 - Increasing the outline thickness of an image is used to make the 
outline screen easier to line up on the press (by overlapping other 
colors). Increasing the thickness of the outline is commonly called 
increasing the stroke.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T16:38:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2015-04-09T14:36:30-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Artwork-Terms-from-the-Screen-Printing-Industry.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="117358" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/Blog/CorelDraw_TiredMan.jpg" />
    <category term="Artwork &amp; Our Industry" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;There are some&lt;strong&gt; artwork terms&lt;/strong&gt; that are&lt;em&gt; specific&lt;/em&gt; to our purposes in the&lt;strong&gt; screen printing industry&lt;/strong&gt;. &lt;em&gt;These are the terms you should know and understand when talking with artists and with your screen printing staff.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Spot Color&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&amp;nbsp; Most of what you see in garment screen printing is spot color. For 
example, on a white shirt you might see a black outline image with a 
color or two or three filling the image area. This is spot color, as 
opposed to a photographic reproduction. Clip art school mascot designs 
printing in two or three colors are good examples of spot color 
printing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You are not limited to white shirts. Spot color images 
can be manipulated to print on any color garment, and will generally 
have an outline of either black or white ink, depending on the color of 
the garment. Shading with halftones and gradations of color within the 
spot color image are also common to give the illusion of additional 
printed colors and depth to your image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 354px;" src="/Blog/spotcolor.jpg"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Process Printing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt; Process printing utilizes &lt;strong&gt;CMYK&lt;/strong&gt; - &lt;strong&gt;Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and Black&lt;/strong&gt; - and is most commonly printed on white 
garments. These inks are transparent and will take on the color of the 
fabric they are printed upon. A yellow print on a light blue shirt will 
result in a green image. That’s why, for CMYK, a white garment is your 
best option.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 365px;" src="/Blog/CMYK_print_leslie-co.jpg"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Simulated Process&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; This is your best choice when printing full 
color images on any color garment. Unlike transparent CMYK inks, 
simulated process uses opaque plastisol ink colors such as lemon yellow and scarlet red,
 printed using halftone dots to simulate process printing. Most full 
color images you see on black shirts for instance will likely have been 
printed using simulated process.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;At least a six color press is recommended for this type printing. And a Photoshop plug-in program, specific to garment printing, is recommended to create these full color separations as well.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 382px;" src="/Blog/6-color-simulated-process.jpg"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Index Printing&lt;/span&gt;&lt;font size="4"&gt;&lt;/font&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp; Unlike simulated process which uses halftone 
dots, index separations will use a series of square dots to create the 
image. Index printing is color hungry. In other words, to create a full 
color image, more than six colors will likely be required to achieve the
 same effect as simulated process. Index printing is commonly used to 
created a posterized effect from a photographic image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Halftone Frequency&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;- This means the number of dots-per-inch 
(DPI), also known as lines-per-inch (LPI). Frequency determines the size
 of the dots you are going to print. The bigger the dot, the easier it 
will be to hold these dots on the screen and print onto your garment. Manual printers will not commonly go above 55 LPI. Automatic printers will usually go no higher than 65 LPI.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setting
 halftone frequency is done under the Advanced Settings option when you 
send your artwork to print. The default settings on your printer will be
 much higher and will not work for screen printing. This is a common 
error for new printers when they attempt to use halftone dots in a 
graphic for the first time.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Dot Shape&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; - The dots we print are not perfectly round. Rather in garment printing, we will most often choose elliptical dots.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Dot Angle&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
 - Halftone dots are printed along a straight line unless we specify 
otherwise. It is important that we do not allow this straight line of 
dots to align with the straight lines of our screen. This alignment may 
result in a moiré effect, causing patterns to appear on your screen and 
in your image. Dot angle is set under your Advanced Settings tab when 
you go to print.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Tip: For your spot color designs and for simulated process printing, set the angles for all colors at 25.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If
 you are printing with process inks, set each color at a different angle
 so that the actual dots from one screen to the next will not align and 
cause a moiré pattern between colors.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;TIP&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;- &lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;The dot angles to set by color for process printing will be:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Cyan - 15 degrees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Magenta - 45 degrees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Yellow - 75 degrees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Black - 75 degrees&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Registration Marks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
 - These marks are printed on each film so that it is easier to align 
artwork and screens on the production floor. Most commonly registration 
marks will appear on all four corners of the image. But in screen 
printing, placing two registration marks, centered at the top and bottom
 of an image will allow you to line them up with a straight line down 
the center of your platen for a quick setup and a perfectly centered 
image on the garment.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Butt Registration&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt; - Artwork prepared with butt registration means the edges of each color are lined up with one another with no overlap.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Trapping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
 - This means the colors in the graphic are slightly spread to hide 
under the black outline of your graphic. Trapping is most common when 
printing spot color images, and will help to speed setup. Be careful of 
too much trapping. This may cause your image to look muddy where the 
colors overlap. Limit trapping of your image to about 2 points.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;Stroke&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
 - Increasing the outline thickness of an image is used to make the 
outline screen easier to line up on the press (by overlapping other 
colors). Increasing the thickness of the outline is commonly called 
increasing the stroke.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Screen-Exposure-Light-Sources.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Screen-Exposure-Light-Sources.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Screen Exposure Light Sources</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Exposing a screen, directing ultraviolet (UV) light toward an emulsion coated screen is the singular purpose of an exposure unit. Many sources exist, and each has its place in the mix. Let’s talk about all your options for exposing your screens.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Sunlight&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There is no better source for UV light than the sun. And
 even in the biggest shop, it’s good to know how to expose a screen 
using sunlight. You never know when you might have to improvise a 
little. Basically, you can sandwich: 1) glass 2) film positive 3) screen 4) foam covered in black cloth or a t-shirt, and 5) a board the same size as your screen frame. Expose to sunlight and you’re good-to-go.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Unfiltered Blacklight&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Not to be confused with blacklights that
 are used to make posters glow, unfiltered blacklights will look like 
traditional fluorescent tubes. These lights are very close to the glass 
on such exposure units. While the least expensive of the professional 
units (or homebuilt units) unfiltered blacklight exposure units have 
their drawbacks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The advantages are an inexpensive unit, and 
compact (tabletop) as well. If you are building a unit like this 
yourself, you can substitute grow lights for unfiltered blacklights.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Quartz Halogen&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Backyard or work lights are often quartz halogen lights. This is a 
light source often used in homebuilt exposure units, set up just like 
sunlight exposure with the quartz halogen bulb suspended above the 
screen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This is a pinpoint light source just as the balance of the
 exposure units we will discuss. Pinpoint light means all the light 
emanates from a single bulb. It is much easier to hold fine lines and 
halftone dots with pinpoint light as you will not experience the 
undercutting of your images with light coming toward your art and screen
 from all directions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Mercury Vapor&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Street lights are mercury vapor lights. The important thing to know 
about mercury vapor is something you’ve probably already witnessed when 
street lights flicker on at night and get brighter and brighter over 10 
minutes or more.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;These lights come on slowly and build in 
intensity, which means the light needs to be turned on and warmed up 
before you can expose a screen. There will be a shutter door shielding 
the light while you place your film positive and screen on the glass in 
the proper position.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A vacuum will commonly be a part of a unit 
like this. The vacuum will activate and pull the screen mesh tight 
against the glass of the exposure unit. The unit is then turned on, 
opening the shutter door and activating a timer. When the time expires, 
the shutter door will automatically close.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Metal Halide&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Metal halide light sources operate much like mercury vapor and will 
be found on higher end exposure units. Smaller units will have 1000 watt
 metal halide bulbs and larger, more expensive units will be as high as 
6000 watts or more.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You will see this light source as either a 
cabinet unit or as a free standing exposure unit with the light set up a
 measured distance from the vacuum table. Just as often on higher end 
machines, an electric eye on the unit will read the light intensity (in 
lumens) and time the exposure by this light intensity rather by counting
 seconds. Bulbs will lose intensity over time. A unit that reads lumens 
will allow for this loss and always give you the exact same exposure.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Best Option&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your best option? The highest wattage bulb you can 
afford, and again if it’s in your budget, a vacuum attachment that will 
hold your screen and artwork tightly against the glass. But as I 
constantly say about equipment and techniques in this industry, any 
exposure option will do the job for you. The difference will simply be 
in efficiency and productivity in your shop.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T16:17:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2015-04-09T14:37:37-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Screen-Exposure-Light-Sources.htm" />
    <category term="Exposing" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Exposing a screen, directing ultraviolet (UV) light toward an emulsion coated screen is the singular purpose of an exposure unit. Many sources exist, and each has its place in the mix. Let’s talk about all your options for exposing your screens.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Sunlight&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There is no better source for UV light than the sun. And
 even in the biggest shop, it’s good to know how to expose a screen 
using sunlight. You never know when you might have to improvise a 
little. Basically, you can sandwich: 1) glass 2) film positive 3) screen 4) foam covered in black cloth or a t-shirt, and 5) a board the same size as your screen frame. Expose to sunlight and you’re good-to-go.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Unfiltered Blacklight&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Not to be confused with blacklights that
 are used to make posters glow, unfiltered blacklights will look like 
traditional fluorescent tubes. These lights are very close to the glass 
on such exposure units. While the least expensive of the professional 
units (or homebuilt units) unfiltered blacklight exposure units have 
their drawbacks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The advantages are an inexpensive unit, and 
compact (tabletop) as well. If you are building a unit like this 
yourself, you can substitute grow lights for unfiltered blacklights.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Quartz Halogen&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Backyard or work lights are often quartz halogen lights. This is a 
light source often used in homebuilt exposure units, set up just like 
sunlight exposure with the quartz halogen bulb suspended above the 
screen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This is a pinpoint light source just as the balance of the
 exposure units we will discuss. Pinpoint light means all the light 
emanates from a single bulb. It is much easier to hold fine lines and 
halftone dots with pinpoint light as you will not experience the 
undercutting of your images with light coming toward your art and screen
 from all directions.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Mercury Vapor&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Street lights are mercury vapor lights. The important thing to know 
about mercury vapor is something you’ve probably already witnessed when 
street lights flicker on at night and get brighter and brighter over 10 
minutes or more.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;These lights come on slowly and build in 
intensity, which means the light needs to be turned on and warmed up 
before you can expose a screen. There will be a shutter door shielding 
the light while you place your film positive and screen on the glass in 
the proper position.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A vacuum will commonly be a part of a unit 
like this. The vacuum will activate and pull the screen mesh tight 
against the glass of the exposure unit. The unit is then turned on, 
opening the shutter door and activating a timer. When the time expires, 
the shutter door will automatically close.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Metal Halide&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Metal halide light sources operate much like mercury vapor and will 
be found on higher end exposure units. Smaller units will have 1000 watt
 metal halide bulbs and larger, more expensive units will be as high as 
6000 watts or more.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You will see this light source as either a 
cabinet unit or as a free standing exposure unit with the light set up a
 measured distance from the vacuum table. Just as often on higher end 
machines, an electric eye on the unit will read the light intensity (in 
lumens) and time the exposure by this light intensity rather by counting
 seconds. Bulbs will lose intensity over time. A unit that reads lumens 
will allow for this loss and always give you the exact same exposure.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Best Option&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your best option? The highest wattage bulb you can 
afford, and again if it’s in your budget, a vacuum attachment that will 
hold your screen and artwork tightly against the glass. But as I 
constantly say about equipment and techniques in this industry, any 
exposure option will do the job for you. The difference will simply be 
in efficiency and productivity in your shop.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Understanding-Your-Liquid-Emulsion-Options.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Understanding-Your-Liquid-Emulsion-Options.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Understanding Your [Liquid] Emulsion Options</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;h2&gt;Diazo Emulsion Systems&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Diazo emulsions actually replaced bichromate emulsion systems years ago. The advantages diazo has over bichromates:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; It is much safer to use because it is Mercury free (heavy metal)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.)&lt;/strong&gt; Has a much longer shelf life. Bichromate emulsions have a shelf life of up to 8 hours.&lt;br&gt; Which means it must be mixed every day. When diazo emulsions were introduced, shelf life was increased up to 6 weeks.
 This made it much easier to have active emulsion ready to coat. Screens
 could now be stored for weeks, or longer, before exposing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Diazo emulsion is a proven stencil choice. It will image most everything thrown at it; it’s tough against conventional solvent based inks, as well as abrasion resistant and it reclaims easily.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;But diazo emulsions do have their problems. &lt;strong&gt;One of the big complaints is that it stains the mesh.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This is very true, however, a properly exposed screen will lessen the 
staining. Also, reclaiming soon after the screen has been used will also
 reduce staining. Another problem is that it has limitations on image 
quality such as fuzzy edges and fill-in. Again, true. But, in most 
printing applications it will perform adequately.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The main 
components, without giving away the formula, in diazo based emulsion 
are; poly vinyl alcohol, poly vinyl acetate. The diazo is what is added 
to the emulsion by the customer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Dual Cure Systems&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Basically, the name says it all; it is a &lt;strong&gt;system that uses two sensitizers.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Typically, the second sensitizer is a diazo added by the customer. It 
has distinct advantages over a straight diazo emulsion. Such as...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Higher solids content&lt;/strong&gt;, but not always. Typical dual cure emulsions will be in the range of 30 to 45% solids.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.) Wide exposure latitude.&lt;/strong&gt; These emulsion systems are very forgiving on establishing an acceptable stencil.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;High resolution.&lt;/strong&gt; It is possible to achieve 50 micron lines. (A human hair is about 75 microns).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4.) Wide variety of solvent resistance.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;By using two different sensitizers in one emulsion, &lt;strong&gt;more bonds are formed to give better stencil strength and imaging.&lt;/strong&gt;
 The emulsion without the diazo added is ultra violet reactive by 
itself, but the diazo must be added in order to create a stencil. Dual 
cure emulsions can, but not always, be used with water based and solvent
 based inks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ever wonder what is in a dual cure emulsion? &lt;/strong&gt;They 
have polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate but they also have expensive 
components like urethane acrylates, photo initiators, and diazo. &lt;strong&gt;These components will yield quicker build-up, faster exposures, and higher resolutions than a straight diazo emulsion system.&lt;/strong&gt; They are also more difficult to manufacture and in turn cost more to buy. Active solids are pricey.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Pure Photopolymer Emulsion Systems&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;This emulsion is also called “one pot”. There is no need to add a diazo sensitizer. &lt;strong&gt;All you have to do is pop the lid and coat the screens.&lt;/strong&gt; You don’t have to worry about the shelf life like you do with diazo. Typically, it will be possible to make stencils up to two years from the date of manufacture. Exposure times are much shorter than the other emulsions. &lt;strong&gt;Many times exposure can be counted in seconds versus minutes.&lt;/strong&gt;
 You have to be careful of the speed. Because it exposes so fast also 
means that the exposure latitude (exposure forgiveness) is much shorter 
than a diazo sensitized emulsion.&lt;strong&gt; It is &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; important to zero in on the correct exposure. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pure
 photopolymer emulsions can be coated to a very thick E.O.M. (emulsion 
over mesh) easily because the solids content can be up to 50% solids. 
This means&lt;strong&gt; fewer coats &lt;/strong&gt;to achieve thick stencils. Another added benefit to this fast exposing emulsion is that there will be &lt;strong&gt;fewer pinholes&lt;/strong&gt; as compared to other systems that use diazo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A
 typical pure photopolymer emulsion system contains photoactive 
polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate, urethane acrylate monomers and 
oligomers and photo initiators.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 30px;"&gt;There you go three types of emulsions...but which one should you use?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Let’s compare the pros and cons:&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Diazo&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Inexpensive&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Very good resolution&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Excellent durability&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Lower solids&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shelf life: 4 to 6 weeks&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Dual Cure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Moderately priced&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Excellent resolution&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Very good durability&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Moderate solids content&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shelf life: 4 to 6 weeks&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Pure Photopolymer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;High priced&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Very good resolution&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;High solids&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Good durability&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shelf life: 1 to 2 years&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The things to think about that should dictate what emulsion system to use is
 “What are you trying to print?” “What is the resolution that is 
needed?” and the most important question to be asked is “What type of 
ink is to be used?” All three systems have a product that will work for 
your application. When in doubt, ask your distributor.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T16:03:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2015-04-09T14:38:09-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Understanding-Your-Liquid-Emulsion-Options.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="73658" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/images/Emulsion.jpg" />
    <category term="Exposing" />
    <category term="Emulsion" />
    <content type="html">&lt;h2&gt;Diazo Emulsion Systems&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Diazo emulsions actually replaced bichromate emulsion systems years ago. The advantages diazo has over bichromates:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; It is much safer to use because it is Mercury free (heavy metal)&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.)&lt;/strong&gt; Has a much longer shelf life. Bichromate emulsions have a shelf life of up to 8 hours.&lt;br&gt; Which means it must be mixed every day. When diazo emulsions were introduced, shelf life was increased up to 6 weeks.
 This made it much easier to have active emulsion ready to coat. Screens
 could now be stored for weeks, or longer, before exposing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Diazo emulsion is a proven stencil choice. It will image most everything thrown at it; it’s tough against conventional solvent based inks, as well as abrasion resistant and it reclaims easily.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;But diazo emulsions do have their problems. &lt;strong&gt;One of the big complaints is that it stains the mesh.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This is very true, however, a properly exposed screen will lessen the 
staining. Also, reclaiming soon after the screen has been used will also
 reduce staining. Another problem is that it has limitations on image 
quality such as fuzzy edges and fill-in. Again, true. But, in most 
printing applications it will perform adequately.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The main 
components, without giving away the formula, in diazo based emulsion 
are; poly vinyl alcohol, poly vinyl acetate. The diazo is what is added 
to the emulsion by the customer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Dual Cure Systems&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Basically, the name says it all; it is a &lt;strong&gt;system that uses two sensitizers.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Typically, the second sensitizer is a diazo added by the customer. It 
has distinct advantages over a straight diazo emulsion. Such as...&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;Higher solids content&lt;/strong&gt;, but not always. Typical dual cure emulsions will be in the range of 30 to 45% solids.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2.) Wide exposure latitude.&lt;/strong&gt; These emulsion systems are very forgiving on establishing an acceptable stencil.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3.)&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;High resolution.&lt;/strong&gt; It is possible to achieve 50 micron lines. (A human hair is about 75 microns).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4.) Wide variety of solvent resistance.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;By using two different sensitizers in one emulsion, &lt;strong&gt;more bonds are formed to give better stencil strength and imaging.&lt;/strong&gt;
 The emulsion without the diazo added is ultra violet reactive by 
itself, but the diazo must be added in order to create a stencil. Dual 
cure emulsions can, but not always, be used with water based and solvent
 based inks.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Ever wonder what is in a dual cure emulsion? &lt;/strong&gt;They 
have polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate but they also have expensive 
components like urethane acrylates, photo initiators, and diazo. &lt;strong&gt;These components will yield quicker build-up, faster exposures, and higher resolutions than a straight diazo emulsion system.&lt;/strong&gt; They are also more difficult to manufacture and in turn cost more to buy. Active solids are pricey.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Pure Photopolymer Emulsion Systems&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;This emulsion is also called “one pot”. There is no need to add a diazo sensitizer. &lt;strong&gt;All you have to do is pop the lid and coat the screens.&lt;/strong&gt; You don’t have to worry about the shelf life like you do with diazo. Typically, it will be possible to make stencils up to two years from the date of manufacture. Exposure times are much shorter than the other emulsions. &lt;strong&gt;Many times exposure can be counted in seconds versus minutes.&lt;/strong&gt;
 You have to be careful of the speed. Because it exposes so fast also 
means that the exposure latitude (exposure forgiveness) is much shorter 
than a diazo sensitized emulsion.&lt;strong&gt; It is &lt;em&gt;very&lt;/em&gt; important to zero in on the correct exposure. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Pure
 photopolymer emulsions can be coated to a very thick E.O.M. (emulsion 
over mesh) easily because the solids content can be up to 50% solids. 
This means&lt;strong&gt; fewer coats &lt;/strong&gt;to achieve thick stencils. Another added benefit to this fast exposing emulsion is that there will be &lt;strong&gt;fewer pinholes&lt;/strong&gt; as compared to other systems that use diazo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A
 typical pure photopolymer emulsion system contains photoactive 
polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate, urethane acrylate monomers and 
oligomers and photo initiators.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 30px;"&gt;There you go three types of emulsions...but which one should you use?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Let’s compare the pros and cons:&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Diazo&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Inexpensive&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Very good resolution&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Excellent durability&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Lower solids&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shelf life: 4 to 6 weeks&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Dual Cure&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Moderately priced&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Excellent resolution&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Very good durability&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Moderate solids content&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shelf life: 4 to 6 weeks&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Pure Photopolymer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;High priced&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Very good resolution&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;High solids&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Good durability&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shelf life: 1 to 2 years&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;The things to think about that should dictate what emulsion system to use is
 “What are you trying to print?” “What is the resolution that is 
needed?” and the most important question to be asked is “What type of 
ink is to be used?” All three systems have a product that will work for 
your application. When in doubt, ask your distributor.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Mesh-Tension-and-the-Impact-on-Your-Print.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Mesh-Tension-and-the-Impact-on-Your-Print.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Mesh Tension and the Impact on Your Print</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tension of your mesh is measured in “Newtons”,&lt;/strong&gt; or more specifically, Newtons per centimeter. To measure tension, a weighted Tension Meter is rested on the fabric and the deflection (how much the fabric “gives”) is denoted by number. For example, 25 Newtons is a good tension for garment printing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To determine the tension of a particular screen&lt;/strong&gt;,
 lay the screen on a flat surface with the print side (mesh side) up. 
Looking at the screen from the top (the narrow side), place the meter in
 the center of the screen so that you can see the face of the meter. The
 needle will point to the number that will correspond to the tension of 
the mesh from side to side.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now, move to the side of the screen 
(long side) and place the meter so you can see the face. This will tell 
you the tension of the mesh from top to bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The ideal tension will be in the 25 and up to the 35 Newton range&lt;/strong&gt;.
 There are special high tension mesh products available, but for garment
 printing, I personally feel these higher tensions are a bit of overkill
 and unnecessary. And, high tension mesh is very difficult to use when 
printing by hand on a manual press.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;As a rule of thumb:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;25 Newton mesh will give you an excellent tension for all types of printing&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;15-20 is acceptable&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;10 Newtons and below, your screen should be re-stretched&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;A tension meter will cost approximately $500.00 and it is &lt;strong&gt;not a required product when you are first getting started, but should be on your wish list.&lt;/strong&gt; If you opt to use retensionable frames, a tension meter is absolutely necessary to achieve proper mesh tension during the stretching process.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Low Tension&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;So
 what’s the big deal about having screens with proper tension? &lt;/strong&gt;There are
 two issues that may occur when you use screens with too soft mesh. 
These are (1) fabric wave, and (2) mesh release.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fabric wave&lt;/strong&gt; 
means, as you apply pressure and pull or push the squeegee across the 
screen and shirt, a small wave of screen mesh may form in front of the 
squeegee blade&lt;/em&gt;. On the bottom side of the screen, this wave of 
fabric may fill with ink as it passes over the image, and then smear ink
 onto the garment when the squeegee reaches the edge of the graphic.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The more common issue is &lt;strong&gt;mesh release&lt;/strong&gt;.
 Printing with the preferred method of off contact, the only place the 
screen physically comes into contact with the garment is along the sharp
 edge of the squeegee blade. If your screen mesh is too soft, the mesh will not release from the garment as you pull or push the squeegee across the image.
 When the mesh does release, often when you lift the screen, the ink on 
the shirt will try to hold onto the screen mesh, causing a rough finish 
to your print.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On a multi-color job, soft mesh will stick to the previous colors on the shirt,
 and the ink picked up will begin to build up on the backs of your 
subsequent screens. In short order, your prints will start to appear 
muddy around the edges and where colors touch within your image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When printing dark garments, poor screen tension can be doubly troublesome. The ink from the white underbase print is pulled up with the screen, and then flash cured
 into that position. &lt;strong&gt;My best analogy is seeing a thousand little 
mountain peaks standing up on the shirt.&lt;/strong&gt; Under a microscope, the surface
 would look like the Alps. When colors are printed on top, the print 
feels very rough, or worse, hundreds of tiny white specks show 
throughout the print area where the white underbase peeks through the 
colors.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;To recap, when a print feels rough, it is almost always caused by a screen with poor tension.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
 (I get this phone call from screen printers all the time!) A tight 
screen will give you a crisp, sharp image. And on a manual press, a 
tight screen will cause far less printing fatigue during the process.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T15:17:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2015-04-09T14:38:56-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Mesh-Tension-and-the-Impact-on-Your-Print.htm" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tension of your mesh is measured in “Newtons”,&lt;/strong&gt; or more specifically, Newtons per centimeter. To measure tension, a weighted Tension Meter is rested on the fabric and the deflection (how much the fabric “gives”) is denoted by number. For example, 25 Newtons is a good tension for garment printing.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;To determine the tension of a particular screen&lt;/strong&gt;,
 lay the screen on a flat surface with the print side (mesh side) up. 
Looking at the screen from the top (the narrow side), place the meter in
 the center of the screen so that you can see the face of the meter. The
 needle will point to the number that will correspond to the tension of 
the mesh from side to side.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now, move to the side of the screen 
(long side) and place the meter so you can see the face. This will tell 
you the tension of the mesh from top to bottom.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The ideal tension will be in the 25 and up to the 35 Newton range&lt;/strong&gt;.
 There are special high tension mesh products available, but for garment
 printing, I personally feel these higher tensions are a bit of overkill
 and unnecessary. And, high tension mesh is very difficult to use when 
printing by hand on a manual press.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;As a rule of thumb:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;25 Newton mesh will give you an excellent tension for all types of printing&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;15-20 is acceptable&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;10 Newtons and below, your screen should be re-stretched&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;A tension meter will cost approximately $500.00 and it is &lt;strong&gt;not a required product when you are first getting started, but should be on your wish list.&lt;/strong&gt; If you opt to use retensionable frames, a tension meter is absolutely necessary to achieve proper mesh tension during the stretching process.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Low Tension&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;So
 what’s the big deal about having screens with proper tension? &lt;/strong&gt;There are
 two issues that may occur when you use screens with too soft mesh. 
These are (1) fabric wave, and (2) mesh release.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fabric wave&lt;/strong&gt; 
means, as you apply pressure and pull or push the squeegee across the 
screen and shirt, a small wave of screen mesh may form in front of the 
squeegee blade&lt;/em&gt;. On the bottom side of the screen, this wave of 
fabric may fill with ink as it passes over the image, and then smear ink
 onto the garment when the squeegee reaches the edge of the graphic.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The more common issue is &lt;strong&gt;mesh release&lt;/strong&gt;.
 Printing with the preferred method of off contact, the only place the 
screen physically comes into contact with the garment is along the sharp
 edge of the squeegee blade. If your screen mesh is too soft, the mesh will not release from the garment as you pull or push the squeegee across the image.
 When the mesh does release, often when you lift the screen, the ink on 
the shirt will try to hold onto the screen mesh, causing a rough finish 
to your print.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On a multi-color job, soft mesh will stick to the previous colors on the shirt,
 and the ink picked up will begin to build up on the backs of your 
subsequent screens. In short order, your prints will start to appear 
muddy around the edges and where colors touch within your image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;When printing dark garments, poor screen tension can be doubly troublesome. The ink from the white underbase print is pulled up with the screen, and then flash cured
 into that position. &lt;strong&gt;My best analogy is seeing a thousand little 
mountain peaks standing up on the shirt.&lt;/strong&gt; Under a microscope, the surface
 would look like the Alps. When colors are printed on top, the print 
feels very rough, or worse, hundreds of tiny white specks show 
throughout the print area where the white underbase peeks through the 
colors.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;To recap, when a print feels rough, it is almost always caused by a screen with poor tension.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;
 (I get this phone call from screen printers all the time!) A tight 
screen will give you a crisp, sharp image. And on a manual press, a 
tight screen will cause far less printing fatigue during the process.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Squeegees-and-Your-Printing-Options.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Squeegees-and-Your-Printing-Options.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Squeegees and Your Printing Options</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Most in our industry will pinpoint the screen as the most important tool in the printing process, but the squeegee will come along as a close second.&lt;/strong&gt;
 The squeegee, the durometer (hardness), the angle and the pressure will
 have the next greatest impact on the appearance of your final printed 
product.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In garment printing, the squeegee blade will most commonly be polyurethane.&lt;strong&gt; Blade material can be cut to your specified length&lt;/strong&gt;,
 either by your supplier or by yourself in your own shop. For manual 
printing, the blade and squeegee holder are often cut to length in a 
single process from a larger fully assembled squeegee.
 Squeegee blade material is also readily available from suppliers for 
you to cut and attach to the handle yourself. Finished squeegees and 
separate blade materials are almost always purchased by the inch and to 
your specification.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 30px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Squeegees have several functions:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; Pushing ink through the screen and onto your garment. The amount of ink forced through the screen is determined by the mesh size and the ink viscosity (thickness).&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;2.)&lt;/strong&gt;
 Causing the screen mesh to come into contact with the garment. This 
contact will also be affected by screen tension and the off-contact 
distance between the screen and the platen.&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;3.)&lt;/strong&gt; 
Sheering the excess ink from the print area on your screen. By sheering 
away the ink from the print area, no ink is left in the screen that 
might pull the ink on the garment back up into the screen. Lack of 
proper sheering of the ink from the print area can cause an uneven lay 
down of ink and a rough surface to your finished print.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Durometer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Durometer&lt;/strong&gt; refers to the hardness of the squeegee.&lt;/em&gt; Durometer affects the amount of printing force you can apply to the screen and garment.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Softer squeegees result in less force than harder ones. There are three most common categories of squeegee blade durometer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Soft&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (approximately 60 durometer and below) squeegees will be used when you want a heavier lay down of ink. A soft durometer squeegee can be used for&lt;strong&gt; inks such as puffs,
 where a heavy deposit of ink is required&lt;/strong&gt; to achieve the puff effect. 
You might also select a soft squeegee for fabrics that require a heavier
 deposit of ink such as fleece.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Medium&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (approximately 70 durometer) squeegees are a middle of the road option, and will be&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;used for &lt;strong&gt;general printing&lt;/strong&gt;. This will be the tool of choice for most of your day to day production.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Hard&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;(approximately 80 durometer or higher) squeegees will&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;lay down the least amount of ink and are most common for printing process and simulated process&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;jobs
&lt;strong&gt; when fine lines and halftone dots are needed.&lt;/strong&gt; You might also select a 
hard squeegee based on the fabric substrate (such as nylon jacket 
material), where the ink will set on top of the fabric, and therefore 
require less ink for the job.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Multi-durometer squeegee blades&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;(70/90/70 for example)
 are made of two or three layers of different durometer squeegee 
material. A harder blade will generally be sandwiched in the center of 
softer squeegee material to lessen the “give” of the blade.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;This layered blade is most common for&lt;strong&gt; process and simulated process work.&lt;/strong&gt; The stiff center will help in the sheering of ink, while the softer outer edge will lay down slightly more ink. You’ll see these multi-durometer squeegees in many automatic shops, as well as manual shops for fine detail work.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Profile&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blade &lt;/strong&gt;profile is the shape of the actual squeegee printing edge&lt;/em&gt;. A square profile is most common in garment printing,
 and provides the maximum ability to sheer the ink from the print area 
of the screen. Round squeegees provide a heavier lay down of ink. There 
was a time in textile printing when rounded blades were used for 
printing inks such as puffs, to maximize lay down of ink. Most printers 
today will opt for a softer but square edged blade for heavy ink 
deposits.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pressure&lt;/strong&gt; is the downward force you apply to the squeegee blade&lt;/em&gt;.
 In automatic printing, this is a set adjustment. In manual printing, it
 is a "feel" you will develop over time and with experience. There is a 
balance that must be achieved.&lt;strong&gt; You must apply enough pressure to
 sheer the ink from the screen, using only the sharp edge of the 
squeegee blade. Too much pressure and the blade will "roll over", and 
you will be printing with the flat side of the blade rather than the 
edge.&lt;/strong&gt; The result will be either too much ink lay down, or ink 
being left in the print area of the screen instead of on the shirt. A 
softer squeegee blade will tend to "roll over" more than a harder blade.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Squeegee Care&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; It is important to thoroughly clean your squeegees.
 Most printers will clean the blade and handle with a solvent solution 
right after printing. Take extra care in cleaning the area where the 
blade meets the handle.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; It's a good idea to reserve particular squeegees to be used with particular ink colors.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This will save you spoiled shirts and spoiled ink when red ink from 
under the squeegee blade suddenly appears in the white ink in the 
screen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you use a solvent tank
 or tray, do not soak the blades for extended periods of time. This 
soaking of the blade material can cause swelling or distortion of the 
blade, ruining it for future use.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Store squeegees either on a hanging rack
 or in a handle down/blade up position on a shelf. Never store squeegees
 resting on the blade. The blade will eventually warp or distort and 
become useless.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;If you discover nicks in the squeegee blade,&lt;/strong&gt; showing up in your print as a heavier deposit line, you have two choices.
 You can sharpen the blade with either a professional sharpening device 
or a homemade sharpener created from fine sandpaper attached to a board.
 Or you can remove the blade from the handle and replace it with new 
blade material. Replacing the blade is the most common option.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Today, there are ergonomically shaped squeegees,
 blades created for pushing rather than pulling, and new approaches to 
the process with each coming trade show. But for now, the most common approach will be the standard wood handled device, chosen simply by the proper durometer to match your chosen ink and substrate.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T15:09:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2015-04-09T14:40:35-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Squeegees-and-Your-Printing-Options.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/png" length="287008" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/Blog/plastisolinksqueegee.png" />
    <category term="Getting Started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Most in our industry will pinpoint the screen as the most important tool in the printing process, but the squeegee will come along as a close second.&lt;/strong&gt;
 The squeegee, the durometer (hardness), the angle and the pressure will
 have the next greatest impact on the appearance of your final printed 
product.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In garment printing, the squeegee blade will most commonly be polyurethane.&lt;strong&gt; Blade material can be cut to your specified length&lt;/strong&gt;,
 either by your supplier or by yourself in your own shop. For manual 
printing, the blade and squeegee holder are often cut to length in a 
single process from a larger fully assembled squeegee.
 Squeegee blade material is also readily available from suppliers for 
you to cut and attach to the handle yourself. Finished squeegees and 
separate blade materials are almost always purchased by the inch and to 
your specification.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 30px;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Squeegees have several functions:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1.)&lt;/strong&gt; Pushing ink through the screen and onto your garment. The amount of ink forced through the screen is determined by the mesh size and the ink viscosity (thickness).&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;2.)&lt;/strong&gt;
 Causing the screen mesh to come into contact with the garment. This 
contact will also be affected by screen tension and the off-contact 
distance between the screen and the platen.&lt;br&gt; &lt;strong&gt;3.)&lt;/strong&gt; 
Sheering the excess ink from the print area on your screen. By sheering 
away the ink from the print area, no ink is left in the screen that 
might pull the ink on the garment back up into the screen. Lack of 
proper sheering of the ink from the print area can cause an uneven lay 
down of ink and a rough surface to your finished print.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Durometer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Durometer&lt;/strong&gt; refers to the hardness of the squeegee.&lt;/em&gt; Durometer affects the amount of printing force you can apply to the screen and garment.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Softer squeegees result in less force than harder ones. There are three most common categories of squeegee blade durometer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Soft&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; (approximately 60 durometer and below) squeegees will be used when you want a heavier lay down of ink. A soft durometer squeegee can be used for&lt;strong&gt; inks such as puffs,
 where a heavy deposit of ink is required&lt;/strong&gt; to achieve the puff effect. 
You might also select a soft squeegee for fabrics that require a heavier
 deposit of ink such as fleece.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Medium&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; (approximately 70 durometer) squeegees are a middle of the road option, and will be&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;used for &lt;strong&gt;general printing&lt;/strong&gt;. This will be the tool of choice for most of your day to day production.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Hard&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;(approximately 80 durometer or higher) squeegees will&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;lay down the least amount of ink and are most common for printing process and simulated process&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;jobs
&lt;strong&gt; when fine lines and halftone dots are needed.&lt;/strong&gt; You might also select a 
hard squeegee based on the fabric substrate (such as nylon jacket 
material), where the ink will set on top of the fabric, and therefore 
require less ink for the job.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Multi-durometer squeegee blades&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;(70/90/70 for example)
 are made of two or three layers of different durometer squeegee 
material. A harder blade will generally be sandwiched in the center of 
softer squeegee material to lessen the “give” of the blade.&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;This layered blade is most common for&lt;strong&gt; process and simulated process work.&lt;/strong&gt; The stiff center will help in the sheering of ink, while the softer outer edge will lay down slightly more ink. You’ll see these multi-durometer squeegees in many automatic shops, as well as manual shops for fine detail work.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Profile&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; &lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blade &lt;/strong&gt;profile is the shape of the actual squeegee printing edge&lt;/em&gt;. A square profile is most common in garment printing,
 and provides the maximum ability to sheer the ink from the print area 
of the screen. Round squeegees provide a heavier lay down of ink. There 
was a time in textile printing when rounded blades were used for 
printing inks such as puffs, to maximize lay down of ink. Most printers 
today will opt for a softer but square edged blade for heavy ink 
deposits.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Pressure&lt;/strong&gt; is the downward force you apply to the squeegee blade&lt;/em&gt;.
 In automatic printing, this is a set adjustment. In manual printing, it
 is a "feel" you will develop over time and with experience. There is a 
balance that must be achieved.&lt;strong&gt; You must apply enough pressure to
 sheer the ink from the screen, using only the sharp edge of the 
squeegee blade. Too much pressure and the blade will "roll over", and 
you will be printing with the flat side of the blade rather than the 
edge.&lt;/strong&gt; The result will be either too much ink lay down, or ink 
being left in the print area of the screen instead of on the shirt. A 
softer squeegee blade will tend to "roll over" more than a harder blade.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Squeegee Care&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; It is important to thoroughly clean your squeegees.
 Most printers will clean the blade and handle with a solvent solution 
right after printing. Take extra care in cleaning the area where the 
blade meets the handle.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; It's a good idea to reserve particular squeegees to be used with particular ink colors.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This will save you spoiled shirts and spoiled ink when red ink from 
under the squeegee blade suddenly appears in the white ink in the 
screen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you use a solvent tank
 or tray, do not soak the blades for extended periods of time. This 
soaking of the blade material can cause swelling or distortion of the 
blade, ruining it for future use.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Store squeegees either on a hanging rack
 or in a handle down/blade up position on a shelf. Never store squeegees
 resting on the blade. The blade will eventually warp or distort and 
become useless.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;If you discover nicks in the squeegee blade,&lt;/strong&gt; showing up in your print as a heavier deposit line, you have two choices.
 You can sharpen the blade with either a professional sharpening device 
or a homemade sharpener created from fine sandpaper attached to a board.
 Or you can remove the blade from the handle and replace it with new 
blade material. Replacing the blade is the most common option.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Today, there are ergonomically shaped squeegees,
 blades created for pushing rather than pulling, and new approaches to 
the process with each coming trade show. But for now, the most common approach will be the standard wood handled device, chosen simply by the proper durometer to match your chosen ink and substrate.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Frame-Options-From-Wood-to-Retensionable.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Frame-Options-From-Wood-to-Retensionable.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Frame Options: From Wood to Retensionable</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Most commonly the term “screen” refers to a frame with screen mesh 
attached. There are three options available to screen printers when it 
comes to the frames we choose.&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Wood Frames&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img src="/Blog/John_Frame.jpg" data-image="ado2j5eywrx4"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Today, wood frames have glue holding the mesh in place. Most 
commonly, mesh is pulled in all directions via a pneumatic device, and 
the mesh is then glued across the face of the frame.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While
 screen printers in the past stretched their own screens, and some 
certainly still do, it is much more common today to buy your screens 
already stretched with fabric. The increased cost is nominal 
(for frame and mesh), and when you factor in the time involved in 
stretching your own screens, it makes more sense to buy frames 
pre-stretched. When mesh becomes torn or loses tension, the frames can 
be re-stretched with new fabric by most frame suppliers. &lt;em&gt;(Read the 
Article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/mesh-tension-and-the-impact-on-your-print.htm"&gt;Mesh Tension and the Impact of Your Print&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Static &lt;a href="/aluminum-frames.htm"&gt;Aluminum Frames&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img src="/Blog/Screens_Small.jpg" data-image="2mlld177w4la"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The second frame is static aluminum. Just like the wood frame, static aluminum features mesh that has been stretched and glued in place.&lt;strong&gt;
 The term “static” refers to the fact, just like wood frames, that the 
mesh has been stretched and that same mesh cannot be re-stretched to 
maintain tension&lt;/strong&gt;. In fact, through use, both wood and static aluminum frames will lose tension over time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The
 cost of static aluminum is generally just a few dollars more than wood,
 but these frames are lighter to work with in the shop and on the press.
 Just as with wood, static aluminum frames are almost always purchased 
with mesh attached, and can also be re-stretched as necessary by your 
screen supplier.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With pricing of static aluminum frames now more in line with wood frames, &lt;strong&gt;the aluminum frame is becoming the industry standard in most shops.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Retensionable Frames&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img src="/Blog/Jason_Frame.jpg" data-image="ppvgw6x4xqku"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The third option is the retensionable frame. Just as the name infers, these frames can be re-stretched by you as necessary. As you use a screen, whether it be wood, static aluminum or retensionable,&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;it will lose tension as a result of the constant pulling and pushing on the mesh by your squeegee. Wood and static aluminum screens will reach a point where it is not practical to use them any longer because of poor tension.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;With retensionable frames, &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; can tighten the mesh on the frame.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This re-stretching is accomplished by loosening the bolts holding the 
frames sides in position and then pulling the mesh taunt with a wrench.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Retensioning occurs only when a screen has been used, then reclaimed (emulsion removed).
 Trying to retension a screen with emulsion and an image will result in 
distortion of the image and potential cracking of the emulsion on the 
mesh. Screens for multi-color work would certainly become difficult to 
realign with one another if a retensioning of one or all screens is 
attempted.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;After you go through this restretching process 
approximately five times, you will discover that the screen mesh will no
 longer lose its tension.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; This process of re-stretching and then the mesh maintaining its tension is called “work hardening”.&lt;/em&gt;
 After stretching and re-stretching a few times, the mesh will reach a 
point of work hardening where the mesh will no longer stretch. From this
 point forward,&lt;strong&gt; if you take care of the screen, you can literally use this stretched screen for years.&lt;/strong&gt; While a retensionable screen can &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;cost 2-3 times more&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; than a wood or static aluminum frame, in the long run you will have a more economical product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Here’s the trick though&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;
 In consulting with many screen printing shops, I will ask owners and 
managers how often they re-stretch their retensionable frames. The 
answer is most often, “We check our mesh tension each time the screen is
 reclaimed.” When I then go onto the production floor and ask someone in
 the screen prep department the same question, the answer is something 
like, “I can tell how tight the screen is just by feeling it.” Then as I
 press for an answer, “We’re really busy, so…” Bottom line, in many, many shops, the tension is never checked. If that’s the case, the expensive retensionable frame is no better than a wood or static aluminum frame.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You know who you are.&lt;strong&gt;
 If you are that person who will check the tension or make sure your 
staff checks the tension, these frames will save you money in the long 
run.&lt;/strong&gt; If you treat these frames just like pre-stretched frames, your better off going with the less expensive wood or static aluminum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T14:37:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2025-02-14T14:51:50-06:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Frame-Options-From-Wood-to-Retensionable.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="164541" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/Blog/Frames.jpg" />
    <category term="Getting Started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Most commonly the term “screen” refers to a frame with screen mesh 
attached. There are three options available to screen printers when it 
comes to the frames we choose.&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;u&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Wood Frames&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img src="/Blog/John_Frame.jpg" data-image="ado2j5eywrx4"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Today, wood frames have glue holding the mesh in place. Most 
commonly, mesh is pulled in all directions via a pneumatic device, and 
the mesh is then glued across the face of the frame.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While
 screen printers in the past stretched their own screens, and some 
certainly still do, it is much more common today to buy your screens 
already stretched with fabric. The increased cost is nominal 
(for frame and mesh), and when you factor in the time involved in 
stretching your own screens, it makes more sense to buy frames 
pre-stretched. When mesh becomes torn or loses tension, the frames can 
be re-stretched with new fabric by most frame suppliers. &lt;em&gt;(Read the 
Article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/mesh-tension-and-the-impact-on-your-print.htm"&gt;Mesh Tension and the Impact of Your Print&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Static &lt;a href="/aluminum-frames.htm"&gt;Aluminum Frames&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img src="/Blog/Screens_Small.jpg" data-image="2mlld177w4la"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The second frame is static aluminum. Just like the wood frame, static aluminum features mesh that has been stretched and glued in place.&lt;strong&gt;
 The term “static” refers to the fact, just like wood frames, that the 
mesh has been stretched and that same mesh cannot be re-stretched to 
maintain tension&lt;/strong&gt;. In fact, through use, both wood and static aluminum frames will lose tension over time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The
 cost of static aluminum is generally just a few dollars more than wood,
 but these frames are lighter to work with in the shop and on the press.
 Just as with wood, static aluminum frames are almost always purchased 
with mesh attached, and can also be re-stretched as necessary by your 
screen supplier.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With pricing of static aluminum frames now more in line with wood frames, &lt;strong&gt;the aluminum frame is becoming the industry standard in most shops.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;u&gt;Retensionable Frames&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;img src="/Blog/Jason_Frame.jpg" data-image="ppvgw6x4xqku"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The third option is the retensionable frame. Just as the name infers, these frames can be re-stretched by you as necessary. As you use a screen, whether it be wood, static aluminum or retensionable,&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;it will lose tension as a result of the constant pulling and pushing on the mesh by your squeegee. Wood and static aluminum screens will reach a point where it is not practical to use them any longer because of poor tension.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;With retensionable frames, &lt;em&gt;you&lt;/em&gt; can tighten the mesh on the frame.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This re-stretching is accomplished by loosening the bolts holding the 
frames sides in position and then pulling the mesh taunt with a wrench.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Retensioning occurs only when a screen has been used, then reclaimed (emulsion removed).
 Trying to retension a screen with emulsion and an image will result in 
distortion of the image and potential cracking of the emulsion on the 
mesh. Screens for multi-color work would certainly become difficult to 
realign with one another if a retensioning of one or all screens is 
attempted.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;After you go through this restretching process 
approximately five times, you will discover that the screen mesh will no
 longer lose its tension.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt; This process of re-stretching and then the mesh maintaining its tension is called “work hardening”.&lt;/em&gt;
 After stretching and re-stretching a few times, the mesh will reach a 
point of work hardening where the mesh will no longer stretch. From this
 point forward,&lt;strong&gt; if you take care of the screen, you can literally use this stretched screen for years.&lt;/strong&gt; While a retensionable screen can &lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;cost 2-3 times more&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; than a wood or static aluminum frame, in the long run you will have a more economical product.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Here’s the trick though&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;
 In consulting with many screen printing shops, I will ask owners and 
managers how often they re-stretch their retensionable frames. The 
answer is most often, “We check our mesh tension each time the screen is
 reclaimed.” When I then go onto the production floor and ask someone in
 the screen prep department the same question, the answer is something 
like, “I can tell how tight the screen is just by feeling it.” Then as I
 press for an answer, “We’re really busy, so…” Bottom line, in many, many shops, the tension is never checked. If that’s the case, the expensive retensionable frame is no better than a wood or static aluminum frame.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You know who you are.&lt;strong&gt;
 If you are that person who will check the tension or make sure your 
staff checks the tension, these frames will save you money in the long 
run.&lt;/strong&gt; If you treat these frames just like pre-stretched frames, your better off going with the less expensive wood or static aluminum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Walk-Through-of-the-Garment-Printing-Process.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Walk-Through-of-the-Garment-Printing-Process.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Walk Through of the Garment Printing Process</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;From the biggest auto shop, to the single manual press
in your basement, screen printing… is screen printing… is screen 
printing. With the proper techniques, you can print the exact same image
 in your own shop as any competitor, large or small.&amp;nbsp;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h1&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 28px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 30px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 28px;"&gt;Let’s take a quick 
walk through the entire process...
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;1.) Artwork&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	To start any job, we begin with artwork. We will either create our own 
artwork, receive artwork from a customer, or more likely, some 
combination of the two. This is always an area of difficulty for screen 
printers. Most of our customers have little understanding of what kind 
of artwork we need, or what we as screen printers are capable of 
reproducing on a garment. So, you’ll spend time at this point educating 
your customers. 
	&lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/getting-started-art-and-film.htm"&gt;Getting Started: Art and Film&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;2.) The Screen&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The screen is a weak point in the chain for many printers, cutting corners and “making it work” when in fact the wrong mesh is used, improper tension, or both! &lt;strong&gt;Get your screens right, and you’ll be ahead of most of the competition. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Read the article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/important-steps-in-prepping-a-screen.htm"&gt;5 Important Steps in Prepping a Screen&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the screen printing industry, you’ll hear debate about wood frames, static aluminum frames, and retensionable frames. As with many things in screen printing, all will accomplish the task. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/frame-options-from-wood-to-retensionable.htm"&gt;Frame Options: From Wood to Retensionable&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/5-important-steps-in-prepping-a-screen/"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;3.) Coating the Screen&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To make a screen ready for the press, we need to apply a photo-sensitive emulsion
 to the mesh. &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;There are two primary options. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;The first is to apply a 
&lt;strong&gt;liquid emulsion &lt;/strong&gt;to both sides of the screen using a scoop coater. This 
hand-held device is filled with emulsion, placed against the screen mesh
 and slowly pulled bottom to top, depositing emulsion as we go. The 
screen is then turned and the same process is repeated on the other 
side. The second option is to apply &lt;strong&gt;capillary film&lt;/strong&gt; to a wet screen. Capillary film is in fact a dry emulsion on an acetate carrier sheet. &lt;em&gt;(Watch the Video: &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jtkGsZ9amss"&gt;How to Coat a Screen with Emulsion&lt;/a&gt; or read the &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/coating-screens-in-your-shop.htm"&gt;article&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;3.) Exposing the Screen&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 Ultraviolet light (UV) is what exposes our emulsion coated screen. 
Sunlight is the perfect source of this UV light. That’s why we wear 
sunscreen! There are a variety of UV light sources available for you to 
use.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The process in a nutshell is this:&lt;strong&gt; We place our film positive against the coated screen, and then expose it to UV light.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Where the light touches the screen, the emulsion hardens. Where the 
light does not touch the coated screen (behind the black parts of our 
artwork), the emulsion stays soft. After exposing the screen to UV 
light, we remove the film positive and wash out the image with a gentle 
spray of water. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/screen-exposure-light-sources.htm"&gt;Screen Exposing Light Sources&lt;/a&gt;, or watch the video: &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H6MimbhNE3Q"&gt;How to Expose a Screen&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;4.) Printing Equipment&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 If you’ve ever visited screen printing shops or attended a trade show, 
you may have seen anything from one color manual machines to 14 color 
automatic presses. It all comes down to efficiency in the end. An 
automatic press is far better to print a 10,000 piece order, but that 
same automatic press is not your best choice to print a 24 piece job.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;5.) Inks&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 Most screen printers use only plastisol ink. If you have any printed 
T-shirts in your dresser drawer at home, they are likely printed with 
plastisol. There is a common assumption that only heavy, plastic-like 
prints are plastisol, but this is not the case. Plastisol can be printed
 with a very soft “hand”, and is the ink of choice in the industry due 
to it’s ease of use. Plastisol will not dry in your screen when you walk
 away for five minutes… or five days! A real advantage when you’re 
wearing all the hats in your business.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;6.) Squeegees&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 Squeegees come most commonly with a wood handle and a square plastic or
 rubber blade. Squeegees are purchased by the inch from your supplier, 
for all the different sized graphics you print. You will use a squeegee 
that is at least an inch wider than your image on each side. Squeegee 
blades come in different hardness, measured in durometers. Softer 
squeegees will lay down more ink, and harder squeegees lay down less.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;7.) Adhesives&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An adhesive is needed to hold your shirt in place while you print. A low spray adhesive that comes as either a mist or web spray. There is also a liquid adhesive used in the industry as well. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/adhesives-on-the-press.htm"&gt;Adhesives on the Press&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;8.) Curing&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All inks will need to be heat set. &lt;strong&gt;Plastisol ink needs to reach a 
temperature of approximately 320 degrees to cure. Your best option is to
 use a conveyor dryer.&lt;/strong&gt;
 You lay the shirt, print side up, on the dryer belt and let it move 
into the dryer chamber. When the shirt exits the other end, assuming 
your dryer temperature and belt speed is correct, the garment is 
finished. You can wear it, wash it, fold it and box it. Once plastisol 
ink reaches curing temperature, it is completely cured, now and forever.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;9.) The Process&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The screen printing process is basically the same whether you’re 
printing in your garage or in a 100,000 sq ft facility filled with 
automatic presses and dryers. Learn the basics, and you can function 
perfectly well in both environments.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T14:05:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2024-03-15T14:23:13-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Walk-Through-of-the-Garment-Printing-Process.htm" />
    <category term="Getting Started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;From the biggest auto shop, to the single manual press
in your basement, screen printing… is screen printing… is screen 
printing. With the proper techniques, you can print the exact same image
 in your own shop as any competitor, large or small.&amp;nbsp;
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h1&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 28px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 30px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 28px;"&gt;Let’s take a quick 
walk through the entire process...
&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;1.) Artwork&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
	To start any job, we begin with artwork. We will either create our own 
artwork, receive artwork from a customer, or more likely, some 
combination of the two. This is always an area of difficulty for screen 
printers. Most of our customers have little understanding of what kind 
of artwork we need, or what we as screen printers are capable of 
reproducing on a garment. So, you’ll spend time at this point educating 
your customers. 
	&lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/getting-started-art-and-film.htm"&gt;Getting Started: Art and Film&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;2.) The Screen&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The screen is a weak point in the chain for many printers, cutting corners and “making it work” when in fact the wrong mesh is used, improper tension, or both! &lt;strong&gt;Get your screens right, and you’ll be ahead of most of the competition. &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;em&gt;(Read the article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/important-steps-in-prepping-a-screen.htm"&gt;5 Important Steps in Prepping a Screen&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the screen printing industry, you’ll hear debate about wood frames, static aluminum frames, and retensionable frames. As with many things in screen printing, all will accomplish the task. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article&amp;nbsp;&lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/frame-options-from-wood-to-retensionable.htm"&gt;Frame Options: From Wood to Retensionable&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/5-important-steps-in-prepping-a-screen/"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;3.) Coating the Screen&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To make a screen ready for the press, we need to apply a photo-sensitive emulsion
 to the mesh. &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;There are two primary options. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;The first is to apply a 
&lt;strong&gt;liquid emulsion &lt;/strong&gt;to both sides of the screen using a scoop coater. This 
hand-held device is filled with emulsion, placed against the screen mesh
 and slowly pulled bottom to top, depositing emulsion as we go. The 
screen is then turned and the same process is repeated on the other 
side. The second option is to apply &lt;strong&gt;capillary film&lt;/strong&gt; to a wet screen. Capillary film is in fact a dry emulsion on an acetate carrier sheet. &lt;em&gt;(Watch the Video: &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jtkGsZ9amss"&gt;How to Coat a Screen with Emulsion&lt;/a&gt; or read the &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/coating-screens-in-your-shop.htm"&gt;article&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;3.) Exposing the Screen&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 Ultraviolet light (UV) is what exposes our emulsion coated screen. 
Sunlight is the perfect source of this UV light. That’s why we wear 
sunscreen! There are a variety of UV light sources available for you to 
use.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The process in a nutshell is this:&lt;strong&gt; We place our film positive against the coated screen, and then expose it to UV light.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Where the light touches the screen, the emulsion hardens. Where the 
light does not touch the coated screen (behind the black parts of our 
artwork), the emulsion stays soft. After exposing the screen to UV 
light, we remove the film positive and wash out the image with a gentle 
spray of water. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/screen-exposure-light-sources.htm"&gt;Screen Exposing Light Sources&lt;/a&gt;, or watch the video: &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H6MimbhNE3Q"&gt;How to Expose a Screen&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;4.) Printing Equipment&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 If you’ve ever visited screen printing shops or attended a trade show, 
you may have seen anything from one color manual machines to 14 color 
automatic presses. It all comes down to efficiency in the end. An 
automatic press is far better to print a 10,000 piece order, but that 
same automatic press is not your best choice to print a 24 piece job.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;5.) Inks&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 Most screen printers use only plastisol ink. If you have any printed 
T-shirts in your dresser drawer at home, they are likely printed with 
plastisol. There is a common assumption that only heavy, plastic-like 
prints are plastisol, but this is not the case. Plastisol can be printed
 with a very soft “hand”, and is the ink of choice in the industry due 
to it’s ease of use. Plastisol will not dry in your screen when you walk
 away for five minutes… or five days! A real advantage when you’re 
wearing all the hats in your business.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;6.) Squeegees&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 Squeegees come most commonly with a wood handle and a square plastic or
 rubber blade. Squeegees are purchased by the inch from your supplier, 
for all the different sized graphics you print. You will use a squeegee 
that is at least an inch wider than your image on each side. Squeegee 
blades come in different hardness, measured in durometers. Softer 
squeegees will lay down more ink, and harder squeegees lay down less.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;7.) Adhesives&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An adhesive is needed to hold your shirt in place while you print. A low spray adhesive that comes as either a mist or web spray. There is also a liquid adhesive used in the industry as well. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/adhesives-on-the-press.htm"&gt;Adhesives on the Press&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;8.) Curing&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All inks will need to be heat set. &lt;strong&gt;Plastisol ink needs to reach a 
temperature of approximately 320 degrees to cure. Your best option is to
 use a conveyor dryer.&lt;/strong&gt;
 You lay the shirt, print side up, on the dryer belt and let it move 
into the dryer chamber. When the shirt exits the other end, assuming 
your dryer temperature and belt speed is correct, the garment is 
finished. You can wear it, wash it, fold it and box it. Once plastisol 
ink reaches curing temperature, it is completely cured, now and forever.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;9.) The Process&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The screen printing process is basically the same whether you’re 
printing in your garage or in a 100,000 sq ft facility filled with 
automatic presses and dryers. Learn the basics, and you can function 
perfectly well in both environments.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Inks-and-Supplies.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Inks-and-Supplies.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Getting Started: Inks and Supplies</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Most screen printers use only plastisol ink.
 If you own any printed T-shirts at all, these are likely printed with 
plastisol. There is a common misconception that only heavy, plastic-like
 prints are plastisol, but this is not the case. Plastisol can be printed with a very soft “hand”. &lt;strong&gt;The term “hand” in our industry means how heavy the print feels.&lt;/strong&gt;
 A light or soft “hand” means the print feels very thin on the garment. 
By printing through a higher mesh screen and/or thinning the ink with an
 additive, you can achieve this soft hand print with plastisol ink.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;The advantage of plastisol inks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; over others is in the fact that &lt;strong&gt;plastisol will not dry in the screen.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Plastisol must reach a temperature of approximately 320 degrees to 
cure. For the screen printer, this means we can walk away from the press
 to take a phone call, go to lunch, or even leave for the weekend. When 
you come back to the press, you load a shirt, pull the squeegee, and 
keep going. &lt;strong&gt;No other inks offer us this kind of flexibility.&lt;/strong&gt; This is a huge benefit to small printing operations where you wear multiple hats in running your business.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a variety of other ink products such as puff, metallic, water base, discharge, etc. that will make you a more versatile printer for your customers. You ink supplier can provide you with all the specifics of how to use these specialty inks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Adhesives&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 There are a number of adhesive options to lightly adhere your shirt to 
the platen for printing. One is a liquid that you spread across the 
platen and allow to dry. As you print and the adhesive loses its tack, a
 spray of water will reactivate the adhesive. This product is most 
commonly used with automatic presses.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most manual shops and many 
automatic shops use one of two types of spray adhesives. Available in 
spray cans and purchased by the case, spray adhesive comes in either 
mist spray or web spray. &lt;strong&gt;Mist spray &lt;/strong&gt;has the appearance of spray paint as it exits the can. &lt;strong&gt;Web spray &lt;/strong&gt;comes out in a strand similar to a spider web.
 Mist spray tends to get into the air and stick to everything, including
 your hands, arms, clothing, and your press through the day. Web spray 
is more directional but some printers complain it is more difficult to 
clean up on the platens and press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the end, your choice is a matter of personal preference.
 You will meet printers who swear by one product or the other, but this 
is usually based on the product this particular printer started with in 
their first shop. All these adhesive products do the job equally well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With
 our adhesives, we want to achieve a low tack adhesion of the garment to
 the platen so the shirt does not pick up with the screen, and to hold 
it in place to maintain registration for multicolor printing. You will 
likely get 6-12 prints before reapplication is necessary, depending on 
the garment. You will get a “feel” for when you need to reapply by how 
easily a garment is removed from the platen after printing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Inks 
and printing supplies are the consumable products in the process for 
you.&lt;/strong&gt; In other words, these are the products you will buy over and over 
again as they are consumed in the process of printing.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T13:50:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2025-02-11T07:47:01-06:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Inks-and-Supplies.htm" />
    <category term="Getting Started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Most screen printers use only plastisol ink.
 If you own any printed T-shirts at all, these are likely printed with 
plastisol. There is a common misconception that only heavy, plastic-like
 prints are plastisol, but this is not the case. Plastisol can be printed with a very soft “hand”. &lt;strong&gt;The term “hand” in our industry means how heavy the print feels.&lt;/strong&gt;
 A light or soft “hand” means the print feels very thin on the garment. 
By printing through a higher mesh screen and/or thinning the ink with an
 additive, you can achieve this soft hand print with plastisol ink.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;The advantage of plastisol inks&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; over others is in the fact that &lt;strong&gt;plastisol will not dry in the screen.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Plastisol must reach a temperature of approximately 320 degrees to 
cure. For the screen printer, this means we can walk away from the press
 to take a phone call, go to lunch, or even leave for the weekend. When 
you come back to the press, you load a shirt, pull the squeegee, and 
keep going. &lt;strong&gt;No other inks offer us this kind of flexibility.&lt;/strong&gt; This is a huge benefit to small printing operations where you wear multiple hats in running your business.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a variety of other ink products such as puff, metallic, water base, discharge, etc. that will make you a more versatile printer for your customers. You ink supplier can provide you with all the specifics of how to use these specialty inks.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Adhesives&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
 There are a number of adhesive options to lightly adhere your shirt to 
the platen for printing. One is a liquid that you spread across the 
platen and allow to dry. As you print and the adhesive loses its tack, a
 spray of water will reactivate the adhesive. This product is most 
commonly used with automatic presses.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Most manual shops and many 
automatic shops use one of two types of spray adhesives. Available in 
spray cans and purchased by the case, spray adhesive comes in either 
mist spray or web spray. &lt;strong&gt;Mist spray &lt;/strong&gt;has the appearance of spray paint as it exits the can. &lt;strong&gt;Web spray &lt;/strong&gt;comes out in a strand similar to a spider web.
 Mist spray tends to get into the air and stick to everything, including
 your hands, arms, clothing, and your press through the day. Web spray 
is more directional but some printers complain it is more difficult to 
clean up on the platens and press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the end, your choice is a matter of personal preference.
 You will meet printers who swear by one product or the other, but this 
is usually based on the product this particular printer started with in 
their first shop. All these adhesive products do the job equally well.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With
 our adhesives, we want to achieve a low tack adhesion of the garment to
 the platen so the shirt does not pick up with the screen, and to hold 
it in place to maintain registration for multicolor printing. You will 
likely get 6-12 prints before reapplication is necessary, depending on 
the garment. You will get a “feel” for when you need to reapply by how 
easily a garment is removed from the platen after printing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Inks 
and printing supplies are the consumable products in the process for 
you.&lt;/strong&gt; In other words, these are the products you will buy over and over 
again as they are consumed in the process of printing.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Screens.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Screens.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Getting Started: The Screen</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 30px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;em&gt;There's a reason it's called Screen Printing!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The screen is critically important to the process. In fact, this is the weak link in the chain for many printers,
 cutting corners and “making it work” when the screen is your most 
important tool.&lt;strong&gt; Get your screens right, and you’re halfway home to a 
great finished shirt.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once we have the art and we have output a film positive, we need to expose this film to an emulsion coated screen &lt;em&gt;(watch the video: &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TfFTLbpTf8w&amp;list=UUosKufGDSGUBAPogA-38KxA"&gt;How to Coat a Screen&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;. In this industry, you’ll hear much debate about whether to use wood frames, static aluminum frames or retensionable frames.
 As with many things in screen printing, all will accomplish the task at
 hand. The differences will be in efficiency, repeatability and your own
 budget.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;You will start with a frame stretched with polyester mesh&lt;/strong&gt;. There are a variety of mesh counts (number of threads per inch) with a variety of screen openings. &lt;strong&gt;The greater the size of the screen opening, the more ink flows through.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Lower numbers, for example an 86 mesh, will allow more ink through than
 higher numbers, 305 mesh, as another example. 86 mesh has fewer threads
 per inch so the opening are bigger, allowing more ink to flow through. 
Your ink and your artwork will determine the proper mesh count (&lt;a href="/blog/choosing-the-right-mesh-and-halftone-dot.htm"&gt;Here's how to use your artwork to find the proper mesh&lt;/a&gt;). Add to that, the tension of the mesh on the frame. For this overview, we will assume a frame stretched with proper tension.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Coatin&lt;/u&gt;g&lt;u&gt; the Screen&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To make a screen ready for the press, we need to &lt;strong&gt;apply a photo-sensitive emulsion to the mesh after the screen has been degreased.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This degreasing step is very important, as a clean screen before 
coating will be more durable throughout the print run. Basically, degreasing the screen will wash away oil from your hands, dust and lint from your shop, and any other contaminants on the mesh. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/coating-screens-in-your-shop.htm"&gt;Coating a Screen&lt;/a&gt;, or &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TfFTLbpTf8w&amp;list=UUosKufGDSGUBAPogA-38KxA"&gt;Watch the Video.&lt;/a&gt; Also, check out the article on &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/care-and-handling-of-screens.htm"&gt;The Care and Handling of Screens&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;There are two ways to accomplish the coating step.&lt;/strong&gt; The first is to apply a&lt;strong&gt; liquid emulsion&lt;/strong&gt; to both sides of the screen using a scoop coater.
 This hand-held device is filled with emulsion, placed against the 
screen mesh and slowly pulled bottom to top, depositing emulsion as we 
go. The screen is then turned and the same process is repeated on the 
other side. A scoop coater should fit inside your screen with at least 
1” clearance from the frame on each side. Just as with squeegees, scoop 
coaters are purchased by the inch.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One surprising part of screen coating for students who are already printing shirts, is that &lt;strong&gt;we will coat our screens in full room light&lt;/strong&gt;. Coated screens need to be stored in a dark room or light-tight container as they dry and as we wait to use them, but &lt;strong&gt;the initial coating can be accomplished under normal room light&lt;/strong&gt;. Now, bear in mind &lt;em&gt;we will not coat our screens near windows with direct sunlight&lt;/em&gt;, but standard room lights will be perfectly fine.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The second method of applying emulsion to the mesh is by using capillary film.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This emulsion is a dry product on an acetate carrier sheet. Capillary 
film is applied to a wet screen to activate the emulsion and cause it to
 stick to the mesh. A squeegee
 is used to press the capillary film against the wet mesh. After drying,
 the carrier sheet is peeled away leaving the emulsion on the print side
 of the screen mesh. A screen coated with capillary film will not be as 
durable as a wet emulsion coated screen since the emulsion is only 
applied to one side, so best suited for short runs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Ex&lt;/u&gt;p&lt;u&gt;osin&lt;/u&gt;g&lt;u&gt; the Screen&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The reason we do not coat our screens close to windows with direct sunlight is because &lt;strong&gt;ultraviolet light (UV) is what exposes (hardens) our emulsion&lt;/strong&gt;.
 Sunlight is the perfect source of this UV light. That’s why we wear 
sunscreen! There are a variety of sources of UV light available for 
screen printers, from unfiltered black lights to metal halide bulbs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;The process in a nutshell is this:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
 We place our film positive against the coated screen, and then expose 
it to UV light. Where the light touches the screen, the emulsion 
hardens. Where the light does not touch the coated screen (behind the 
black parts of our film positive), the emulsion stays soft. After 
exposing the screen to UV light, we remove the film positive and take 
the screen to our washout sink. &lt;em&gt;(Watch the video:&lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_CFNAu8X4h0&amp;list=UUosKufGDSGUBAPogA-38KxA"&gt; How to Expose a Screen&lt;/a&gt;, or read the article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/finding-the-right-exposure-time.htm"&gt;How to Find the Right Exposure Time&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After removing the film from the exposed screen, we should see a slightly different color of emulsion where the artwork blocked the light.
 Under low water pressure, with preferably warm water, we will rinse 
both sides of our screen, and then run water across the artwork area of 
our screen. &lt;em&gt;Within 15-30 seconds&lt;/em&gt;, we should see the artwork area of our screen begin to wash out and be clear.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The screen is then dried using a blotting technique, vacuum or forced air. &lt;strong&gt;The emulsion remaining on the screen should be allowed to dry completely before we proceed.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At this point, the screen is ready to be &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KEvMaHvEGkI&amp;list=UUosKufGDSGUBAPogA-38KxA&amp;index=39"&gt;taped up&lt;/a&gt;, loaded into our press, and filled with the proper ink color for the job. We’re ready to print!&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T10:58:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2025-02-17T06:55:36-06:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Screens.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="198356" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/Blog/Screens_Small.jpg" />
    <category term="Getting Started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 30px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;em&gt;There's a reason it's called Screen Printing!&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The screen is critically important to the process. In fact, this is the weak link in the chain for many printers,
 cutting corners and “making it work” when the screen is your most 
important tool.&lt;strong&gt; Get your screens right, and you’re halfway home to a 
great finished shirt.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Once we have the art and we have output a film positive, we need to expose this film to an emulsion coated screen &lt;em&gt;(watch the video: &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TfFTLbpTf8w&amp;list=UUosKufGDSGUBAPogA-38KxA"&gt;How to Coat a Screen&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;. In this industry, you’ll hear much debate about whether to use wood frames, static aluminum frames or retensionable frames.
 As with many things in screen printing, all will accomplish the task at
 hand. The differences will be in efficiency, repeatability and your own
 budget.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;You will start with a frame stretched with polyester mesh&lt;/strong&gt;. There are a variety of mesh counts (number of threads per inch) with a variety of screen openings. &lt;strong&gt;The greater the size of the screen opening, the more ink flows through.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Lower numbers, for example an 86 mesh, will allow more ink through than
 higher numbers, 305 mesh, as another example. 86 mesh has fewer threads
 per inch so the opening are bigger, allowing more ink to flow through. 
Your ink and your artwork will determine the proper mesh count (&lt;a href="/blog/choosing-the-right-mesh-and-halftone-dot.htm"&gt;Here's how to use your artwork to find the proper mesh&lt;/a&gt;). Add to that, the tension of the mesh on the frame. For this overview, we will assume a frame stretched with proper tension.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Coatin&lt;/u&gt;g&lt;u&gt; the Screen&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To make a screen ready for the press, we need to &lt;strong&gt;apply a photo-sensitive emulsion to the mesh after the screen has been degreased.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This degreasing step is very important, as a clean screen before 
coating will be more durable throughout the print run. Basically, degreasing the screen will wash away oil from your hands, dust and lint from your shop, and any other contaminants on the mesh. &lt;em&gt;(Read the article &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/coating-screens-in-your-shop.htm"&gt;Coating a Screen&lt;/a&gt;, or &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TfFTLbpTf8w&amp;list=UUosKufGDSGUBAPogA-38KxA"&gt;Watch the Video.&lt;/a&gt; Also, check out the article on &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/care-and-handling-of-screens.htm"&gt;The Care and Handling of Screens&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;There are two ways to accomplish the coating step.&lt;/strong&gt; The first is to apply a&lt;strong&gt; liquid emulsion&lt;/strong&gt; to both sides of the screen using a scoop coater.
 This hand-held device is filled with emulsion, placed against the 
screen mesh and slowly pulled bottom to top, depositing emulsion as we 
go. The screen is then turned and the same process is repeated on the 
other side. A scoop coater should fit inside your screen with at least 
1” clearance from the frame on each side. Just as with squeegees, scoop 
coaters are purchased by the inch.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One surprising part of screen coating for students who are already printing shirts, is that &lt;strong&gt;we will coat our screens in full room light&lt;/strong&gt;. Coated screens need to be stored in a dark room or light-tight container as they dry and as we wait to use them, but &lt;strong&gt;the initial coating can be accomplished under normal room light&lt;/strong&gt;. Now, bear in mind &lt;em&gt;we will not coat our screens near windows with direct sunlight&lt;/em&gt;, but standard room lights will be perfectly fine.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The second method of applying emulsion to the mesh is by using capillary film.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This emulsion is a dry product on an acetate carrier sheet. Capillary 
film is applied to a wet screen to activate the emulsion and cause it to
 stick to the mesh. A squeegee
 is used to press the capillary film against the wet mesh. After drying,
 the carrier sheet is peeled away leaving the emulsion on the print side
 of the screen mesh. A screen coated with capillary film will not be as 
durable as a wet emulsion coated screen since the emulsion is only 
applied to one side, so best suited for short runs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Ex&lt;/u&gt;p&lt;u&gt;osin&lt;/u&gt;g&lt;u&gt; the Screen&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The reason we do not coat our screens close to windows with direct sunlight is because &lt;strong&gt;ultraviolet light (UV) is what exposes (hardens) our emulsion&lt;/strong&gt;.
 Sunlight is the perfect source of this UV light. That’s why we wear 
sunscreen! There are a variety of sources of UV light available for 
screen printers, from unfiltered black lights to metal halide bulbs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;The process in a nutshell is this:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
 We place our film positive against the coated screen, and then expose 
it to UV light. Where the light touches the screen, the emulsion 
hardens. Where the light does not touch the coated screen (behind the 
black parts of our film positive), the emulsion stays soft. After 
exposing the screen to UV light, we remove the film positive and take 
the screen to our washout sink. &lt;em&gt;(Watch the video:&lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_CFNAu8X4h0&amp;list=UUosKufGDSGUBAPogA-38KxA"&gt; How to Expose a Screen&lt;/a&gt;, or read the article: &lt;a href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/finding-the-right-exposure-time.htm"&gt;How to Find the Right Exposure Time&lt;/a&gt;)&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;After removing the film from the exposed screen, we should see a slightly different color of emulsion where the artwork blocked the light.
 Under low water pressure, with preferably warm water, we will rinse 
both sides of our screen, and then run water across the artwork area of 
our screen. &lt;em&gt;Within 15-30 seconds&lt;/em&gt;, we should see the artwork area of our screen begin to wash out and be clear.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The screen is then dried using a blotting technique, vacuum or forced air. &lt;strong&gt;The emulsion remaining on the screen should be allowed to dry completely before we proceed.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At this point, the screen is ready to be &lt;a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KEvMaHvEGkI&amp;list=UUosKufGDSGUBAPogA-38KxA&amp;index=39"&gt;taped up&lt;/a&gt;, loaded into our press, and filled with the proper ink color for the job. We’re ready to print!&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Art-and-Film.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Art-and-Film.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Getting Started: Art and Film</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;To start any job, we need artwork. We have a few options. &lt;strong&gt;Depending
 on the target market, we’ll either create our own artwork, receive 
artwork from the customer, or more likely, some combination of the two.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This is usually an area of difficulty for new screen printers, unless 
you happen to be starting your business as a graphic designer as well. 
Most of the customers who come to you will have little understanding of 
what kind of artwork we as printers need, or what we are capable of 
reproducing on shirts with screens.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="/Blog/Corel_Illustrator.jpg"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Art Pro&lt;/u&gt;g&lt;u&gt;rams&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;First are the art programs. If you plan to use a PC for 
artwork, chances are you will use &lt;strong&gt;Corel Draw &lt;/strong&gt;for your graphics. Just as 
likely you will use&lt;strong&gt; Adobe Illustrator&lt;/strong&gt; if you are a Mac user. 
Both these programs are vector based. With a vector program, you will do
 all spot color work (blocks of color and line art) and special 
lettering effects. &lt;strong&gt;In vector programs, you can change the size of the 
image with no effect on the quality of the image.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The majority of 
custom screen printers, businesses who print for any customer in need of
 custom printing, do nothing beyond spot color and lettering effects for
 their customers. Most custom printed T-shirts you see today are 
produced with these spot color images.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you choose to do &lt;strong&gt;any photographic images on shirts, you’ll need to use Adobe Photoshop&lt;/strong&gt; as well.
&lt;strong&gt; Photoshop, in both the PC and Mac version, is a raster (or pixel) based
 program.&lt;/strong&gt; For photographic reproduction on a garment, you will likely 
purchase one of the automatic separation programs as well. &lt;strong&gt;Separation software
 will “look” at your full color image in Photoshop and automatically 
create the separations needed to reproduce the image on a shirt.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="T-Seps Separation Software" src="/Blog/T-Seps_sm.png"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are training courses via DVD,
 webinars and trade show seminars that will address each of these 
programs specific to screen printing. Generic training, say at your 
local community college, will spend much time discussing web design, 
etc., so training specific to the garment printing industry will be a 
real plus.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Film Positives&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Once you have a finished piece of artwork that both you and your customer have agreed upon, we’ll need to create a &lt;strong&gt;film positive&lt;/strong&gt;.
 This film positive will generally be a black image printed on clear 
acetate film. &lt;strong&gt;A three color design, red, yellow and black, will be 
output onto three separate films, all with the images in black. &lt;/strong&gt;There 
are a variety of ways to create a film, but most operators today, both 
large and small, will use an inkjet printer for output.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Out&lt;/u&gt;p&lt;u&gt;ut Device for Your Film&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;strong&gt;If you plan to print any halftone dots (shades of color) you will need RIP software.
&lt;/strong&gt; By halftones, we’re talking about printing, for example, a solid green 
image, and also green in halftone dots to create a lighter shade of 
green, all from a single screen. You will also use halftone dots to give
 the illusion of depth in an image and to blend together two or more 
colors for a more colorful design with the fewest number of screens.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RIP is an abbreviation for Raster Image Processor.&lt;/strong&gt; 
Inkjet printers, while giving you an excellent film positive to work 
with, are in fact full color printers. These printers always “think” 
they are printing in color.&lt;strong&gt; Halftone dots give the illusion of&lt;em&gt; a shade&lt;/em&gt; of color.&lt;/strong&gt; The inkjet printer will try to help you out when it sees halftones, and will print these dots in grey rather than black. &lt;strong&gt;Grey dots will not expose on your screen.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On
 the other hand, RIP software revolutionized the industry by “telling” 
your inkjet printer, “When you see halftone dots, print solid black 
dots.” And that is why, sooner or later, &lt;strong&gt;you will absolutely need RIP software&lt;/strong&gt; to output film positives on an inkjet printer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Be cautious here. &lt;strong&gt;You need RIP software that is &lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;specific&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt; to screen printing and film positive output.&lt;/strong&gt;
 A RIP from an inkjet machine manufacturer will be a color management 
product and not for the purpose of outputting solid black dots. So when 
the salesman at the office supply store says he has RIP software, he’s 
referring to color management software, and will not likely even 
understand what you are trying to achieve by printing solid black dots. 
Color management software will not recognize your halftones. &lt;strong&gt;Your RIP software must be &lt;em&gt;specific&lt;/em&gt; to film output.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You
 may already be using a &lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 14px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16px;"&gt;laser printer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; for your film output, or such a 
device has been recommended to you. &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Will a laser printer work? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Yes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Is it the best device?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;No.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Output
 from a laser printer tends to not be opaque enough&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;to easily expose a 
screen, so you will find yourself underexposing your screens to get the 
image to wash out.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Laser printers use heat during processing, so film positives from this device tend to shrink.
 This shrinkage will be of little consequence on one-color jobs, but 
registration of multiple colors can be very difficult using laser 
output. If you are already using laser, keep going as you are until 
you’re ready to upgrade.&lt;strong&gt; If you have yet to buy an output device, inkjet with RIP software is the product of choice today.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Remember, it is not necessary to overbuy inkjet printers. &lt;strong&gt;Most screen printers will never make films larger than 13x18, so an inexpensive Epson printer will do an excellent job.&lt;/strong&gt; If you will be doing regular output more in the 17x22 range, a larger format (and more expensive) printer will be required.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T10:10:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2015-04-09T14:49:09-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/Getting-Started-Art-and-Film.htm" />
    <link rel="enclosure" type="image/jpeg" length="69703" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/Blog/ArtProgramBundle.jpg" />
    <category term="Getting Started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;To start any job, we need artwork. We have a few options. &lt;strong&gt;Depending
 on the target market, we’ll either create our own artwork, receive 
artwork from the customer, or more likely, some combination of the two.&lt;/strong&gt;
 This is usually an area of difficulty for new screen printers, unless 
you happen to be starting your business as a graphic designer as well. 
Most of the customers who come to you will have little understanding of 
what kind of artwork we as printers need, or what we are capable of 
reproducing on shirts with screens.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="/Blog/Corel_Illustrator.jpg"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Art Pro&lt;/u&gt;g&lt;u&gt;rams&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;First are the art programs. If you plan to use a PC for 
artwork, chances are you will use &lt;strong&gt;Corel Draw &lt;/strong&gt;for your graphics. Just as 
likely you will use&lt;strong&gt; Adobe Illustrator&lt;/strong&gt; if you are a Mac user. 
Both these programs are vector based. With a vector program, you will do
 all spot color work (blocks of color and line art) and special 
lettering effects. &lt;strong&gt;In vector programs, you can change the size of the 
image with no effect on the quality of the image.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The majority of 
custom screen printers, businesses who print for any customer in need of
 custom printing, do nothing beyond spot color and lettering effects for
 their customers. Most custom printed T-shirts you see today are 
produced with these spot color images.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you choose to do &lt;strong&gt;any photographic images on shirts, you’ll need to use Adobe Photoshop&lt;/strong&gt; as well.
&lt;strong&gt; Photoshop, in both the PC and Mac version, is a raster (or pixel) based
 program.&lt;/strong&gt; For photographic reproduction on a garment, you will likely 
purchase one of the automatic separation programs as well. &lt;strong&gt;Separation software
 will “look” at your full color image in Photoshop and automatically 
create the separations needed to reproduce the image on a shirt.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="T-Seps Separation Software" src="/Blog/T-Seps_sm.png"&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;There are training courses via DVD,
 webinars and trade show seminars that will address each of these 
programs specific to screen printing. Generic training, say at your 
local community college, will spend much time discussing web design, 
etc., so training specific to the garment printing industry will be a 
real plus.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Film Positives&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt;Once you have a finished piece of artwork that both you and your customer have agreed upon, we’ll need to create a &lt;strong&gt;film positive&lt;/strong&gt;.
 This film positive will generally be a black image printed on clear 
acetate film. &lt;strong&gt;A three color design, red, yellow and black, will be 
output onto three separate films, all with the images in black. &lt;/strong&gt;There 
are a variety of ways to create a film, but most operators today, both 
large and small, will use an inkjet printer for output.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;u&gt;Out&lt;/u&gt;p&lt;u&gt;ut Device for Your Film&lt;/u&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;strong&gt;If you plan to print any halftone dots (shades of color) you will need RIP software.
&lt;/strong&gt; By halftones, we’re talking about printing, for example, a solid green 
image, and also green in halftone dots to create a lighter shade of 
green, all from a single screen. You will also use halftone dots to give
 the illusion of depth in an image and to blend together two or more 
colors for a more colorful design with the fewest number of screens.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RIP is an abbreviation for Raster Image Processor.&lt;/strong&gt; 
Inkjet printers, while giving you an excellent film positive to work 
with, are in fact full color printers. These printers always “think” 
they are printing in color.&lt;strong&gt; Halftone dots give the illusion of&lt;em&gt; a shade&lt;/em&gt; of color.&lt;/strong&gt; The inkjet printer will try to help you out when it sees halftones, and will print these dots in grey rather than black. &lt;strong&gt;Grey dots will not expose on your screen.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On
 the other hand, RIP software revolutionized the industry by “telling” 
your inkjet printer, “When you see halftone dots, print solid black 
dots.” And that is why, sooner or later, &lt;strong&gt;you will absolutely need RIP software&lt;/strong&gt; to output film positives on an inkjet printer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;Be cautious here. &lt;strong&gt;You need RIP software that is &lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;specific&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt; to screen printing and film positive output.&lt;/strong&gt;
 A RIP from an inkjet machine manufacturer will be a color management 
product and not for the purpose of outputting solid black dots. So when 
the salesman at the office supply store says he has RIP software, he’s 
referring to color management software, and will not likely even 
understand what you are trying to achieve by printing solid black dots. 
Color management software will not recognize your halftones. &lt;strong&gt;Your RIP software must be &lt;em&gt;specific&lt;/em&gt; to film output.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You
 may already be using a &lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 14px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16px;"&gt;laser printer&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt; for your film output, or such a 
device has been recommended to you. &lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Will a laser printer work? &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;Yes&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;Is it the best device?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt; &lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 18px;"&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 24px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;No.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;/strong&gt; Output
 from a laser printer tends to not be opaque enough&lt;strong&gt; &lt;/strong&gt;to easily expose a 
screen, so you will find yourself underexposing your screens to get the 
image to wash out.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Laser printers use heat during processing, so film positives from this device tend to shrink.
 This shrinkage will be of little consequence on one-color jobs, but 
registration of multiple colors can be very difficult using laser 
output. If you are already using laser, keep going as you are until 
you’re ready to upgrade.&lt;strong&gt; If you have yet to buy an output device, inkjet with RIP software is the product of choice today.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Remember, it is not necessary to overbuy inkjet printers. &lt;strong&gt;Most screen printers will never make films larger than 13x18, so an inexpensive Epson printer will do an excellent job.&lt;/strong&gt; If you will be doing regular output more in the 17x22 range, a larger format (and more expensive) printer will be required.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
  <entry xml:base="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/getting-started-screen-printing-equipment.htm">
    <id>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/getting-started-screen-printing-equipment.htm</id>
    <title type="text">Getting Started: Printing Equipment and Set-Up</title>
    <summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;If you’ve ever attended an industry trade show or opened one of the garment printing magazines, you’ve seen everything &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;from&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; one color manual machines&lt;/span&gt; to multi-color automatic presses.
 You can even build a press yourself if you’re handy enough, and achieve
 very similar results. This is the true beauty of the screen printing 
industry. &lt;strong&gt;You can achieve the same result from the least 
expensive to the most expensive equipment. It all comes down to 
efficiency in the end.&lt;/strong&gt; An automatic press is far better to 
print a 10,000 piece order, but that same automatic press is not your 
best choice to print a 24 piece job. There’s a place for all.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;“Anyone with a two car garage has the potential of being a screen printer,”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(15, 36, 62);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(49, 133, 155);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16px;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;I often tell students.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;And
 it is absolutely true. You can compete with the biggest printer, as 
long as you learn the process, and do what is necessary to output a 
first quality product. The possibility and potential is there, but the 
effort will be all up to you.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The number of colors available on a press means the number of screens that you can set up at any one time.&lt;/strong&gt; A four-color press
 has the potential of printing up to a four-color job. If you haven’t 
purchased a press yet, and you can afford the price, I highly recommend 
you purchase a six-color press. Will you print mostly six-color jobs? 
Not very likely. But you will have the potential of printing most any 
job, including full color photo quality images on dark shirts with a six-color machine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Those full color images are beautiful to look at, and a great goal for you to aspire. But &lt;strong&gt;the bread-and-butter for most screen printers will be one and two-color work&lt;/strong&gt;
 for local business, clubs, schools and anyone else who buys and wears 
T-shirts. What you will see in busy shops will be multiple jobs set up 
on a single press at any given time. With a six-color press, you have 
the potential of setting up six one-color jobs and have them ready to go
 when the work day starts.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The platen is the board where you position the shirt for printing.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Often you will hear people call the platen a pallet, but the purist 
will argue that the proper term is platen. Some presses, even multiple 
color presses have only one platen for printing. More commonly, you will
 see multiple platens, usually the same number of platens to match the 
number of print heads on a press. These platens will move around the press independently from the movement of the screens around the press.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Platens move for two reasons. &lt;/strong&gt;The first reason is to print a white underbase on a dark shirt, rotate the platen under a
 flash cure unit, and then back to print the others colors on top of the
 white underbase. We ideally need our platen to move&lt;strong&gt; so that we can properly and efficiently print dark T-shirts.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Can I print dark shirts with a single, non-moving platen? Yes, but I 
will have to move the flash unit over the platen each time. It’s all a 
matter of efficiency.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The second reason platens 
move is &lt;strong&gt;so we can have someone else loading and unloading shirts while 
we print&lt;/strong&gt;. A helper loading and unloading will speed up the process. 
During day-to-day printing though, most manual presses have a single 
operator, and automatic presses will commonly have two operators, a 
loader and an unloader&lt;strong&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I get the question often about purchasing 
an all-heads-down press&lt;/strong&gt;. That means you can print any screen on any 
platen, all at the same time. If your press is not an all-heads-down 
machine, you can only get one screen to lock down in place on one platen
 at a time. The only time I’ve ever had need of an all-heads-down 
machine has been in a classroom setting where a large number of students
 are attempting to print sample garments.&lt;strong&gt; In nearly all shops, 
only one operator is on a manual press at any give time, so 
all-heads-down is an added expense that most of us would never use.&lt;/strong&gt;
 So, unless you’re opening a screen printing school, you can save your 
money. Some manufacturers have ceased building all-heads-down manual 
presses due to lack of interest in the marketplace. Of course, automatic
 presses are all-heads-down devices, as all screens print 
simultaneously.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 28px;"&gt;Setting up the Press&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; Loading a
 screen on the press is a simple operation for a single color. Each 
additional color in the job complicates the process exponentially. &lt;strong&gt;No 
matter how many colors/screens in the job, we want to lay out our 
artwork in the center of the screen&lt;/strong&gt; (from side to side) and slightly 
higher on the screen (from bottom to top). This positioning allows for 
ease of setting up on the press, and allowing room at the bottom of the 
screen for a reservoir of ink, and room at the top for clearing the 
print area with the squeegee.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The screen will lock into place in 
the same place each time on our platen. If &lt;strong&gt;the artwork on our screen is 
square with the platen,&lt;/strong&gt; then it goes to reason that if our shirt is 
placed on the platen straight, our print will be straight on the 
finished garment, print after print.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Each screen is held in place&lt;/strong&gt; 
by either back clamps (across the bottom end of the screen), or side 
clamps (on each side of the screen).&lt;strong&gt; Once locked down, the screen should
 not move&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;and will fall in the same place each time&lt;/strong&gt; you lower it onto 
the shirt and platen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setup the screen so there is about 1/8” 
clearance between screen and platen. &lt;strong&gt;This is called printing “off 
contact”. &lt;/strong&gt;The only place the screen will physically touch the shirt will
 be along the sharp edge of the squeegee blades as it passes across the 
surface of the screen. Printing off contact will give us a clean, crisp 
print on the garment.&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
    <published>2014-12-09T08:35:00-06:00</published>
    <updated>2015-04-09T14:49:57-05:00</updated>
    <author>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <author>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </author>
    <contributor>
      <name>Atlas Screen Supply Company</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com</uri>
      <email>info@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <contributor>
      <name>User</name>
      <uri>http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/store/profile/5-User</uri>
      <email>kayla@atlasscreensupply.com</email>
    </contributor>
    <link rel="alternate" href="http://www.atlasscreensupply.com/blog/getting-started-screen-printing-equipment.htm" />
    <category term="Getting Started" />
    <content type="html">&lt;p&gt;If you’ve ever attended an industry trade show or opened one of the garment printing magazines, you’ve seen everything &lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;from&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt; one color manual machines&lt;/span&gt; to multi-color automatic presses.
 You can even build a press yourself if you’re handy enough, and achieve
 very similar results. This is the true beauty of the screen printing 
industry. &lt;strong&gt;You can achieve the same result from the least 
expensive to the most expensive equipment. It all comes down to 
efficiency in the end.&lt;/strong&gt; An automatic press is far better to 
print a 10,000 piece order, but that same automatic press is not your 
best choice to print a 24 piece job. There’s a place for all.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;blockquote&gt;&lt;em&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;“Anyone with a two car garage has the potential of being a screen printer,”&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(15, 36, 62);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(49, 133, 155);"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16px;"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 16px;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 20px;"&gt;&lt;span style="background-color: rgb(255, 255, 0);"&gt;&lt;span style="color: rgb(0, 0, 0);"&gt;I often tell students.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;&lt;p&gt;And
 it is absolutely true. You can compete with the biggest printer, as 
long as you learn the process, and do what is necessary to output a 
first quality product. The possibility and potential is there, but the 
effort will be all up to you.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The number of colors available on a press means the number of screens that you can set up at any one time.&lt;/strong&gt; A four-color press
 has the potential of printing up to a four-color job. If you haven’t 
purchased a press yet, and you can afford the price, I highly recommend 
you purchase a six-color press. Will you print mostly six-color jobs? 
Not very likely. But you will have the potential of printing most any 
job, including full color photo quality images on dark shirts with a six-color machine.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Those full color images are beautiful to look at, and a great goal for you to aspire. But &lt;strong&gt;the bread-and-butter for most screen printers will be one and two-color work&lt;/strong&gt;
 for local business, clubs, schools and anyone else who buys and wears 
T-shirts. What you will see in busy shops will be multiple jobs set up 
on a single press at any given time. With a six-color press, you have 
the potential of setting up six one-color jobs and have them ready to go
 when the work day starts.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The platen is the board where you position the shirt for printing.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Often you will hear people call the platen a pallet, but the purist 
will argue that the proper term is platen. Some presses, even multiple 
color presses have only one platen for printing. More commonly, you will
 see multiple platens, usually the same number of platens to match the 
number of print heads on a press. These platens will move around the press independently from the movement of the screens around the press.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Platens move for two reasons. &lt;/strong&gt;The first reason is to print a white underbase on a dark shirt, rotate the platen under a
 flash cure unit, and then back to print the others colors on top of the
 white underbase. We ideally need our platen to move&lt;strong&gt; so that we can properly and efficiently print dark T-shirts.&lt;/strong&gt;
 Can I print dark shirts with a single, non-moving platen? Yes, but I 
will have to move the flash unit over the platen each time. It’s all a 
matter of efficiency.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The second reason platens 
move is &lt;strong&gt;so we can have someone else loading and unloading shirts while 
we print&lt;/strong&gt;. A helper loading and unloading will speed up the process. 
During day-to-day printing though, most manual presses have a single 
operator, and automatic presses will commonly have two operators, a 
loader and an unloader&lt;strong&gt;.&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;I get the question often about purchasing 
an all-heads-down press&lt;/strong&gt;. That means you can print any screen on any 
platen, all at the same time. If your press is not an all-heads-down 
machine, you can only get one screen to lock down in place on one platen
 at a time. The only time I’ve ever had need of an all-heads-down 
machine has been in a classroom setting where a large number of students
 are attempting to print sample garments.&lt;strong&gt; In nearly all shops, 
only one operator is on a manual press at any give time, so 
all-heads-down is an added expense that most of us would never use.&lt;/strong&gt;
 So, unless you’re opening a screen printing school, you can save your 
money. Some manufacturers have ceased building all-heads-down manual 
presses due to lack of interest in the marketplace. Of course, automatic
 presses are all-heads-down devices, as all screens print 
simultaneously.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;&lt;span style="font-size: 28px;"&gt;Setting up the Press&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br&gt; Loading a
 screen on the press is a simple operation for a single color. Each 
additional color in the job complicates the process exponentially. &lt;strong&gt;No 
matter how many colors/screens in the job, we want to lay out our 
artwork in the center of the screen&lt;/strong&gt; (from side to side) and slightly 
higher on the screen (from bottom to top). This positioning allows for 
ease of setting up on the press, and allowing room at the bottom of the 
screen for a reservoir of ink, and room at the top for clearing the 
print area with the squeegee.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The screen will lock into place in 
the same place each time on our platen. If &lt;strong&gt;the artwork on our screen is 
square with the platen,&lt;/strong&gt; then it goes to reason that if our shirt is 
placed on the platen straight, our print will be straight on the 
finished garment, print after print.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Each screen is held in place&lt;/strong&gt; 
by either back clamps (across the bottom end of the screen), or side 
clamps (on each side of the screen).&lt;strong&gt; Once locked down, the screen should
 not move&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;strong&gt;and will fall in the same place each time&lt;/strong&gt; you lower it onto 
the shirt and platen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Setup the screen so there is about 1/8” 
clearance between screen and platen. &lt;strong&gt;This is called printing “off 
contact”. &lt;/strong&gt;The only place the screen will physically touch the shirt will
 be along the sharp edge of the squeegee blades as it passes across the 
surface of the screen. Printing off contact will give us a clean, crisp 
print on the garment.&lt;/p&gt;</content>
  </entry>
</feed>